Asus P5N32-E SLI Hardware User Manual
Motherboard P5N32-E SLI Plus
ii E2979 First Edition V1 December 2006 Copyright é 2006 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix P5N32-E SLI Plus speciîÂÂcations summary .............................................. xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle features ............................................. 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS special features .................................................... 1-7 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ......................................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-4 2.2.5 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-5 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-7 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-8 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan .............................. 2-10 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan ......................... 2-12 2.3.4 Installing the optional fan .............................................. 2-14 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-15 2.4.1 Overview ....................................................................... 2-15 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations .................................................. 2-16 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-17 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-17 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-18 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-18 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-19
iv Contents 2.5.4 PCI slots ........................................................................ 2-20 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot ....................................................... 2-20 2.5.6 PCI Express x16 slots ................................................... 2-20 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-21 2.7 Audio card installation .............................................................. 2-22 2.8 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23 2.8.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-23 2.8.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-26 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk ....................................... 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ................................................... 4-5 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS .......................................................... 4-6 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle ............................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ........................................................ 4-10 4.2.2 Menu bar ....................................................................... 4-10 4.2.3 Legend bar .....................................................................4-1 1 4.2.4 Menu items .................................................................... 4-1 1 4.2.5 Sub-menu items .............................................................4-1 1 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ........................................................4-1 1 4.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................. 4-12 4.2.8 General help ................................................................. 4-12 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-13 4.3.1 System T ime ................................................................. 4-13 4.3.2 System Date ................................................................. 4-13 4.3.3 Language ...................................................................... 4-13
v Contents 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A ........................................................ 4-13 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave ............................................. 4-14 4.3.6 S A T A 1 ~ 6 . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 4 - 1 6 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring ............................................... 4-17 4.3.8 Installed Memory ........................................................... 4-17 4.3.9 Usable Memory ............................................................. 4-17 4.4 Extreme T weaker menu ............................................................. 4-18 4.4.1 AI T uning ....................................................................... 4-18 4.4.2 Overclocking ................................................................. 4-21 4.4.3 Over V oltage ................................................................. 4-23 4.4.4 NVIDIA GPU Ex ............................................................ 4-24 4.4.5 SLI-Ready Memory ....................................................... 4-24 4.4.6 SLI-Ready Memory CPUOC ......................................... 4-24 4.5 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-25 4.5.1 AI NET2 ........................................................................ 4-25 4.5.2 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 4-26 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration ...................................... 4-27 4.6 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-30 4.6.1 ACPI Suspend T ype ...................................................... 4-30 4.6.2 ACPI APIC Support ....................................................... 4-30 4.6.3 APM ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-31 4.6.4 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-33 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-36 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-36 4.7.2 Removable Drives ......................................................... 4-37 4.7.3 Hard Disk Drives ........................................................... 4-37 4.7.4 CDROM Drives ............................................................. 4-37 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration ......................................... 4-38 4.7.6 Security ......................................................................... 4-39 4.8 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-41 4.8.1 ASUS Music Alarm ........................................................ 4-41 4.8.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle ......................................................... 4-42 4.8.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................... 4-44 4.9 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-45
vi Contents Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support DVD ............................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ................................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 Make Disk menu ............................................................. 5-5 5.2.5 Manuals menu ................................................................ 5-6 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information .............................................. 5-6 5.2.7 Other information ............................................................ 5-7 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo3⢠........................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility ........................5-1 1 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ......................................................... 5-16 5.3.4 ASUS Music Alarm ........................................................ 5-22 5.3.5 ASUS AI Booster ........................................................... 5-25 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-26 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions ............................................................ 5-26 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂgurations ........................................ 5-27 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-34 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics card setup ............................................................ 6-2 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards ................................. 6-2 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers ............................................. 6-5 6.2.3 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windowsî ................ 6-5
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturer â s instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user â s authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Descriptions of the BIOS items are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Key s encl osed i n the less- than a nd gre ater-t han s ign mea ns tha t you must p ress the enclo sed ke y. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi P5N32-E SLI Plus speciî¿cations summary CPU LGA775 socket for Intel î Coreâ¢2 Extreme / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D / Pentium î 4 / Celeron î D Processors Intel î Quad-core CPU Ready Compatible with Intel î 06/05B/05A processors Note : Visit the ASUS website at www.asus.com for the Intel î CPU support list. Chipset NVIDIA î nForce dual x16 SLI - Supports SLI-Ready Memory T echnology Front Side Bus 1333** / 1066 / 800 / 533 MHz Memory Dual-channel memory architecture - 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support non-ECC unbuffered DDR2 800/667/533 MHz memory modules - Supports up to 8 GB system memory Note: Visit the ASUS website at www.asus.com for the latest QualiîÂÂed V endors List (QVL). SLI-Ready Memory 1200 MHz Expansion slots 2 x PCI Express⢠x16 slots support NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology at full x16, x16 speed (blue) 1 x PCI Express⢠x 16, at x 8 speed (white) 1 x PCI Express⢠x1 2 x PCI 2.2 Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) Supports two identical NVIDIA î SLIâ¢-Ready graphics cards (both at x16 mode) Note: The blue PCI Express x 16 slots support NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology at full x16, x16 speed. The middle slot is for an add-on card at x8 speed. Storage/RAID Southbridge supports: - 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 - 6 x Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s - NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID supports RAID 0, 1, 0 1, 5 and JBOD conîÂÂguration across Serial A T A drives LAN NVIDIAî nForce dual x16 SLI built-in dual Gigabit MAC with external Marvell PHY - Supports NVIDIAî DualNetîÃÂ¥ T echnology (continued on the next page)
xii P5N32-E SLI Plus speciî¿cations summary High DeîÂÂnition Audio SupremeFX Audio Card - ADI 1988B 8-channel High DeîÂÂnition Audio CODEC - Supports Jack-Sensing, Multi-streaming and Jack-Retasking Coaxial, Optical S/PDIF out DTS î Connect IEEE 1394 VIA6308P controller supports: controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394a connectors (1 at mid-board, 1 on the rear panel) USB Supports up to 10 USB 2.0/1.1 ports (6 at mid-board, 4 (6 at mid-board, 4 on the rear panel) ASUS Exclusive Overclocking features Intelligent overclocking tools: - AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) - AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner) - AI Booster - O.C. ProîÂÂle Overclocking protection: - ASUS C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) ASUS Unique features ASUS EZ DIY : * Q-Connector * ASUS Crashfree BIOS2 * ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS Music Alarm ASUS MyLogo 3 Q-Fan 2 Rear panel 1 x PS/2 Keyboard port (purple) 1 x PS/2 Mouse (green) 1 x Optical S/PDIF Output port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Output port 2 x LAN (RJ45) port 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 1 x IEEE1394a port (continued on the next page)
xiii P5N32-E SLI Plus speciî¿cations summary Internal connectors 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector for 2 devices 6 x Serial A T A connectors 3 x USB 2.0 connectors support six additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x IEEE 1394a port connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x 24-pin A TX power connector 1 x 8-pin A TX 12V power connector 1 x S/PDIF output connector 8 x Fan connectors: 1 x CPU / 1 x Power / 1 x Chassis / 5 x optional fan connectors System panel connector BIOS features 8 Mb AW ARD BIOS, PnP , DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3, Multi-Language BIOS Manageability WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chasis Intrusion, PXE Accessories 1 x SLI bridge 1 x ASUS Q-connector Kit (USB, 1394, system panel; Retail version only) Retail version only) 1 x UltraDMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable 4 x SA T A cables 2 x SA T A power cables 1 x 2-port USB2.0 module 1 x IEEE1394a module User â s manual Support DVD contents Device drivers ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Update ASUS AI Booster Anti-virus software (OEM version) NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID Form factor A TX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.5 cm) *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice. ** available when the installed CPU is supporting 1333MHz FSB.
xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS î P5N32-E SLI Plus motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus motherboard P5N32-E SLI Plus motherboard I/O modules 1 x 1-port IEEE 1394a module 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module Cables 2 x Serial A T A power cables 4 x Serial A T A signal cables 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories I/O shie ld 1 x 3-in-1 ASUS Q-Connector Kit (USB, IEEE 1394, system panel; Retail version only) 1 x ASUS SLI Bridge Application DVD ASUS motherboard support CD/DVD Documentation User guide
1-2 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 Product highlights Green ASUS This motherboard and its packaging comply with the European UnionâÂÂs Restriction on the use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS). This is in line with the ASUS vision of creating environment-friendly and recyclable products/packaging to safeguard consumersâ health while minimizing the impact on the environment. Intel î Coreâ¢2 / Quad-core Processor Ready This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Coreâ¢2 processor in the LGA775 package. With the new Intel î Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1066 / 800 MHz FSB, the Intel î Coreâ¢2 is one of the most powerful and energy efîÂÂcient CPUs in the world. This motherboard also supports the latest Intel the latest Intel î Quad-core processor , which is excellent for multi-tasking, multi-media and enthusiastic gamers with 1066 / 800 MHz FSB. See page 2-7 for details. See page 2-7 for details. NVIDIA î nForce î dual x16 SLI chipset The NVIDIA î nForce dual x16 SLI chipset supports the NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology that allows two graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. ItâÂÂs designed for enthusiast, extreme overclocking capability , ultimate gaming performance with SLI technology support. ItâÂÂs deîÂÂnitely one of the fastest platform in the world. See Chapter 6 for details. The NVIDIA î nForce dual x16 SLI chipset also supports six (6) Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s devices, dual PCI Express⢠x16 slots at with NVIDIA î SLI ⢠support at full x16, x16 mode, and up to 10 USB 2.0 ports. NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) NVIDIA SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) takes advantage of the increased bandwidth of the PCI Express bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software that allows two GPUs to efîÂÂciently work together to deliver earth- shattering, scalable performance.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 1-3 DDR2 memory support The motherboard supports DDR2 memory that features data transfer rates of 800/667/533 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR2 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance, eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 12.8 GB/s. See page 2-15 for details. Ser ial A T A I/I I tec hno logy Th e m oth erb oa rd fu lly s up por ts the Serial A T A II 3.0 Gb/s technology through the Serial A T A interfaces and the NVIDIA î nForce î dual x16 SLI⢠chipset. The Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s speciîÂÂcation provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial A T A products with a host of new features, including Native Command Queueing (NCQ), and Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm. Serial A T A allows for thinner , more îÂÂexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage required. See page 2-27 for details. The NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce î dual x16 SLI⢠chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, and JBOD conîÂÂgurations for six SA T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors. See pages 2-27 and 5-27 for details. IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high speed digital interface for audio/video appliances such as digital television, digital video camcorders, storage peripherals & other PC portable devices. See pages 2-25 and 2-29 for details.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product Introduction S/PDIF digital sound ready This motherboard provides convenient connectivity to external home theater audio systems via coaxial and optical S/PDIF-out (SONY/PHILIPS Digital Interface) jacks.It allows to transfer digital audio without converting to analog format and keeps the best signal quality . See pages 2-24 and 2-25 for details. Dual Gigabit LAN solution The motherboard comes with dual Gigabit LAN controllers to provide the total solution for your networking needs. These network controllers provide faster data bandwidth for your wired or wireless Internet, LAN, and îÂÂle sharing requirements. See page 2-23 for details.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 1-5 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle features ASUS has devoted special efforts to address the thermal issues across the motherboard, and most notably the areas that reside the CPU, power , Northbridge and Southbridge. Advanced thermal design Stack Cool 2 Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution offered exclusively by ASUS. It effectively transfers heat generated by the critical components to the other side of the specially designed PCB (printed circuit board) for effective heat dissipation. 8 Phase Power Design ASUS 8-Phase Power Design keeps CPU and power module away from suffering risk of high power stress, which makes CPU lifetime much longer and system more stable. Furthermore, It provides high efîÂÂciency operation to generate less heat than conventional power solutions and consequently achieve cool system environment. With this strong power pump, this motherboard is made for overclocking. Fanless Design: Heat-pipe Thermal solution Cooling fans, though a popular thermal solution, also come with noise and malfunction likelyhood. ASUS Motherboard's fansless concept is speciîÂÂcally created to provide a cool environment without all the baggage. The heat pipe, heat sinks and strategic board layout were tailor made to dissipate heat in the most efîÂÂcient manner .
1-6 Chapter 1: Product Introduction ASUS EZ DIY ASUS Q-Connector The ASUS Q-Connector allows you to connect or disconnect chassis front panel cables in one easy step with one complete module. This unique adapter eliminates the trouble of plugging in one cable at a time, making connection quick and accurate. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data from a USB îÂÂash disk containing the BIOS îÂÂle. This utility saves users the cost and hassle of buying a replacement BIOS chip. ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility . Simply launch this tool and update BIOS from a USB îÂÂash disk before entering the OS. Y ou can update your BIOS only in a few clicks without preparing an additional îÂÂoppy diskette or using an OS-based îÂÂash utility . SupremeFX (ADI 1988b) The SupremeFX audio card is designed to provide you the best game sound experience. With 24bit/192KHz full sampling in all surround channels, no matter if you're hearing your game through headphones or 7.1 surround speakers, we'll deliver the effects loud and clear! DTS î Connect This feature is consists of two elements: DTS interactive and DTS NEO:PC. DTS interactive re-encodes your stereo or multi-channel sound into a DTS audio signal and send it out from your PC to any DTS enabled system. While DTS NEO:PC turns your stereo audio such as MP3, WMA, CD, and other sound format into a convincing multi-channel audio experience.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 1-7 1.3.3 ASUS special features ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle The motherboard features the ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate îÂÂle, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite overclocking settings. AI NOS⢠Applications such as 3D games and video editing demand a huge chunk of system resource. Inject "nitrous oxide" into your CPU! The patented AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) technology intelligently detects system load and automatically boosts performance for the most demanding tasks. Unlike other dynamic overclocking techniques, AI NOS⢠reacts much faster to satisfy your unending need for speeds. C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P .R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P .R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter . ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow easier and faster conîÂÂguration. See page 4-13 for details. ASUS MyLogo3 This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See page 5-9 for details. Music Alarm W ake up to the music of your choice instead of the irritating sound of an alarm clock. The ASUS Music Alarm gives you a personal wake-up call with your favorite CD music when system is off.
1-8 Chapter 1: Product Introduction
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-7 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-15 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-21 2.7 Audio card installation .............................................................. 2-22 2.8 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-1 Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED. The green LED lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information P5N 32-E SLI P lus î 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conîÂÂguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. DO NOT overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-3 2.2.3 ASUS Stack Cool 2 The motherboard comes with the ASUS Stack Cool 2 cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat that critical components generate.
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Motherboard layout P ANEL P5 N32 -E S LI Plu s î CHASSIS PRI_IDE 24.5cm (9.6in) CPU_FAN DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) PWR_FAN LAN2_USB34 OPT_FAN5 FLOPPY Super I/O 8Mb BIOS PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: K eyboard LAN1_USB12 Au dio slot PC IEX 16_ 1 PC I1 CLRTC USB78 USB56 SB_PWR EA TXPWR CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power CHA_FAN1 IE1394_2 A TX12V LGA775 SA T A12 30.5cm (12.0in) PC IEX1 PC IEX 16_ 2 PC IEX 16_ 3 PC I2 SA T A34 SA TA56 OPT_FAN4 SPDIF_O1 NVIDIA î NFORCE î dual x 16 SLI Intel î Edition ADH VIA VT6308P Marvell 88E1 1 16 Marvell 88E1 1 16 SPDIF_O2 1394a USB910 OPT_FAN2 OPT_FAN1 OPT_FAN3 NVIDIA î NFORCE î dual x 16 SLI Intel î Edition Refer to 2.8 Connectors for more information about rear panel connectors and internal connectors.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-5 2.2.5 Layout contents Slots Page 1. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-15 2. PCI slots 2-20 3. PCI Express x1 slot 2-20 4. PCI Express x16 slots 2-20 Jumper Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLR TC_EN ) 2-21 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-23 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-23 3. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. 2-23 4. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port 2-23 5. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4 2-25 6 IEEE1394a port 2-25 7. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-25 8. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-25 Supreme FX Page 1. Line In port (light blue) 2-24 2. Line Out port (lime) 2-24 3. Microphone port (pink) 2-24 4. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-24 5. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-24 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-24
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-26 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-26 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1-6) 2-27 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB 78, USB910) 2-28 5. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-29 6. CPU, chassis, and power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1, 3-pin OPT -F AN 1~5, 3-pin PWR_FAN) 2-30 7. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-31 8. A TX power connectors (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2 x 4-pin A TX12V) 2-31 9. S/PDIF output connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_O2) 2-33 10. System panel connector (20-8-pin P ANEL) ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR) ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) 2-34 1 1. ASUS Q-connector (system panel) 2-35
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-7 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Quad-core / Coreâ¢2 Extreme / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D/ Pentium î 4 and Celeron î D processors. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/ incorrect removal of the PnP cap. ⢠Make sure that all power cables are unplugged before installing the CPU. ⢠Connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability .
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever This side of the socket box should face you. PnP cap A B T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus CPU Socket 775
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-9 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket then îÂÂt the socket alignment key into the CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. 7. If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability . A B The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! The motherboard supports Intel î LGA775 processors with the Intel î Enhanced Memory 64 T echnology (EM64T), Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST), and Hyper-Threading T echnology . Refer to the Appendix for more information on these CPU features. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and foreîÂÂnger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). Load plate A B CPU notch
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Fastener Motherboard hole 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel î LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. thermal condition and performance. condition and performance. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î processor , the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . If you buy a CPU separately , make sure that you use only Intel î -certiîÂÂed multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Y our Intel î LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly , make sure that you have properly applied Thermal Interface Material to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly . Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing outward. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Orient the heatsink and fan assembly such that the CPU fan cable is closest to the CPU fan connector . Narrow end of the groove
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-1 1 3. Connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_F AN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. B A A A B B Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector . A B P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus CPU fan connector GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CPU_F AN
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information T o uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. B B A A A A B B 4. Carefully remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-13 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to ensure correct orientation when reinstalling. Narrow end of the groove Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for detailed information on CPU fan installation. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.)
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.4 Installing the optional fan 1. Position the fan above the pipe and heatsink assembly . 2. Fit the grooved edge to the heatsink. 3. Carefully push down the fan until it snugly îÂÂts the heatsink, then connect the fan cables. 4. The above photo shows the fan installed on the motherboard. ⢠Plug the optional fan cables to any of the OPT F AN1~5 connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Make sure the optional fan is installed correctly to prevent damage to the fan and motherboard components. Install the optional fan only if you are using a passive cooler or a water cooler . Installing the optional fan with an active CPU cooler will interfere with the airîÂÂow and destabilize the system. The optional fan is purchased separately . Contact your retailer for more information.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-15 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.2î MemoryîÂÂconîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠For dual-channel conîÂÂguration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 = DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency . For optimum compatibility , we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . Visit the ASUS website at www .asus.com for the latest DDR2 QualiîÂÂed V endors List. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules. ⢠The motherboard can support up to 8 GB on the operating system listed The motherboard can support up to 8 GB on the operating system listed below . Y ou may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot. 32-bit 64-bit Windows î 2000 Advanced Server Windows î Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Windows î Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows î XP Professional x64 Edition Windows î Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-800/667/533 MHz QVL.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-17 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch Support the DIMM lightly with your îÂÂngers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îÂÂips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3 1 2 1 1
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. Refer to the table on the next page for details.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-19 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments IRQ assignments for this motherboard A B C D E F G H PCIEx16_1 â â â â shared â â â PCIEx16_2 â â â â â shared â â PCIEx16_3 â â â â shared â â â PCIEx1_1 â â â â â shared â â PCI Slot_1 shared â â â â â â â PCI Slot_2 â shared â â â â â â USB 1.1 â shared â â â â â â USB 2.0 â â shared â â â â â LAN_1 â shared â â â â â â LAN_2 â shared â â â â â â P A T A shared â â â â â â â SA T A_1 â shared â â â â â â SA T A_2 â â shared â â â â â SA T A_3 â â â used â â â â SA T A_RAID â shared â â â â â â 1394 â shared â â â â â â Audio â â shared â â â â â IRQ Standard function 0 System timer 1 Standard 101/102-key or Microsoft Natural Keyboard 4 Communications Port (COM1)* 6 Standard îÂÂoppy disk controller 8 System CMOS/real-time clock 9 Microsoft ACPI-compliant system 9 NVIDIA nForce networking controller #3 9 NVIDIA nForce networking controller #4 10 NVIDIA nForce PCI system management 1 1 Mass storage controller 12 PS/2 compatible mouse port 13 Numeric data processor 14 Primary IDE channel 16 NVIDIA GeForce 6600 GT 19 VIA OHCI compliant IEEE 1394 host controller 20 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller 20 NVIDIA network bus enumerator 21 NVIDIA network bus enumerator 22 Standard OpenHCD USB host controller 22 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller 23 Standard Enhanced PCI to USB host controller 23 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots. 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slot. 2.5.6 PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard has three PCI Express x16 slots that support PCI Express x16 x16 graphic cards complying with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots. PCI Express x 16 slot (blue) PCI slot PCI Express x 16 slot (blue) PCI slot PCI Express x 1 slot PCI Express x 16 slot (x 8 link white)
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-21 P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Clear RTC RAM CLRTC_EN Normal Clear RTC (Default) 1 2 2 3 2.6 Jumper Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. T urn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3 to enable the CLRTC function. 3. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 4. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. ⢠Make sure to re-enter your previous BIOS settings after you clear the CMOS. ⢠Y ou do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values.
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Audio card installation 1. T ake out the Audio card from the package. 2. Locate the slot on the motherboard. 3. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card sits on the slot completely . 4. The above photo shows the audio card installed on the motherboard.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-23 1 14 2 3 4 1 1 12 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 2.8 Connectors 2.8.1 Rear panel connectors 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 3. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. Supported by NV Gigabit LAN controller , this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table on the next page for the LAN port LED indications. 4. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port . Supported by the NV Gigabit LAN controller , this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. SPEED LED ACTIVITY/ LINK LED LAN port 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications * Blinking Activity/Link Speed LED Description OFF OFF Soft-off Mode YELLOW* OFF During Power ON/OFF YELLOW* ORANGE 100 Mbps connection
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications Activity/Link Speed LED Description DNR DNR Soft-off Mode DNR DNR During Power ON/OFF DNR DNR 100 Mbps connection DNR DNR 1 Gbps connection 5. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player , or other audio sources. 6. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker . In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel conîÂÂguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 7. Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 8. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 9. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. Refer to the audio conîÂÂguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration Port Headset 2-channel 4-channel 6-channel 8-channel Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Ou Rear Speaker Out Gray â â â Side Speaker Out
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-25 1 1. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 13. Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 14. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) . This port is for a PS/2 keyboard.
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.8.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray . Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector , then select one of the following modes to conîÂÂgure your device. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE devices. If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select,â make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. Drive jumper setting Mode of device(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black T wo devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Black or gray Slave Slave P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-27 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1-6) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, or JBOD conîÂÂguration with the onboard NVIDIA with the onboard NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller . The RAID function of these connectors is set to [Disabled] by default. If you intend to create a Serial A T A RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID Enabled item under the Serial A T A ConîÂÂguration sub-menu in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. These connectors support Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, Hot Swap and smart setup. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus IDE connector NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE P IN 1 P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus SA T A connectors SA T A1 GND RSAT A_TXP1 RSAT A_TXN1 GND RSAT A_RXP1 RSAT A_RXN1 GND SA T A2 GND RSAT A_TXP2 RSAT A_TXN2 GND RSAT A_RXP2 RSAT A_RXN2 GND SA T A3 GND RSAT A_TXP3 RSAT A_TXN3 GND RSAT A_RXP3 RSAT A_RXN3 GND SA T A4 GND RSAT A_TXP4 RSAT A_TXN4 GND RSAT A_RXP4 RSAT A_RXN4 GND SA T A5 GND RSAT A_TXP5 RSAT A_TXN5 GND RSAT A_RXP5 RSAT A_RXN5 GND SA T A6 GND RSAT A_TXP6 RSAT A_TXN6 GND RSAT A_RXP6 RSAT A_RXN6 GND
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Connect the right-angle side of SA T A signal cable to the SA T A device, or connect the right-angle side of the SA T A cable to the onboard SA T A port to avoid mechanical conîÂÂict with huge graphics cards. Right-angle side 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can connect the USB cable to ASUS Q-Connector (USB, blue) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (USB) to the USB connector onboard. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus USB 2.0 connectors USB56 NC GND USB_P6 USB_P6- USB 5V GND USB_P5 USB_P5- USB 5V 1 USB78 NC GND USB_P8 USB_P8- USB 5V GND USB_P7 USB_P7- USB 5V 1 USB910 1 NC GND USB_P6 USB_P6- USB 5V GND USB_P5 USB_P5- USB 5V
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-29 5. IEE E 1394 a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector . Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can connect the 1394 cable to ASUS Q-Connector (1394, red) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (1394) to the 1394 connector onboard. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus IEEE 1394 connector IE1394_2 PIN1 GND 12V TPB2- GND TP A2- 12V TPB2 GND TP A2
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. CPU, chassis, power , and optional fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1, 3-pin PWR_F AN, 3-pin OPT_F AN1~5) The fan c onnect ors su pport co oling fans o f 1A~2.2A (26.4 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . DO NOT forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠Only the CHA_F AN1 and OPT_F AN 1~3 connectors support the ASUS Q-F AN 2 feature. ⢠If you install two VGA cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labeled OPT_F AN1 or OPT_F AN2 for better themal environment. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN1 CPU_FAN PWR_FAN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM GND Rotation 12V OPT_FAN4 OPT_FAN5 PWR_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHA_FAN1 OPT_FAN2 OPT_FAN1 OPT_FAN3 OPT_F AN3 GND Rotation 12V OPT_F AN2 GND Rotation 12V OPT_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V OPT_F AN4 GND Rotation 12V OPT_F AN5 GND Rotation 12V
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-31 8. AT X p owe r c on ne cto rs (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2 x 4-pin A TX12V) These connectors are for A TX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. 7. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector . The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default , the pin labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and â Groundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. ⢠Make sure to remove the cap on the A TX12V connector before connecting an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. ⢠Use only either a 4-pin A TX12V or an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug for the A TX12V connector . P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠The A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0-compliant (500 W) PSU has been tested to support the motherboard power requirement with the following conîÂÂguration: Normal Loading CPU PSC 3.73G 1066 DDR800 1GB*2 VGA Nvidia 7800GTX*2 SA T A-HD SA TA*4 ESA T A-HD 1 IDE-HD 1 CD-ROM 1 USB 2 PCI 1 ⢠If you want to use two EN7950GX2 graphics cards, visit the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com) for the qualiîÂÂed PSU vendor list. ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 550 W . ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin/8pin EA TX12V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when conîÂÂguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠If you want to use two high-end PCI Express x16 cards, use a PSU with 500 W to 600 W power or above to ensure the system stability .
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-33 9. S/PDIF output co nne cto r (4-1 pin SPDIF_O2) This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) port(s). Connect the S/PDIF Out module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The S/PDIF module is purchased separately . P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus SPDIF OUT connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_O2
2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . 10. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWR PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-35 ASUS Q-Connector (system panel) Y ou can use the ASUS Q-Connector to connect/disconnect chassis front panel cables in a few steps. Refer to the instructions below to install the ASUS Q- Connector . 1. Connect the front panel cables to the ASUS Q-Connector . Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector to know the detailed pin deîÂÂnitions, then match them to the respective front panel cable labels. 2. Install the ASUS Q-Connector to the system panel connector , making sure the orientation matches the labels on the motherboard. 3. The front panel functions are now enabled. The îÂÂgure shows the Q-Connector properly installed on the motherboard.
2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus P5N32-E SLI Plus 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems withA TX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start button then click Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP or later version: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.6 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-13 4.4 Extreme T weaker menu ............................................................. 4-18 4.5 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-25 4.6 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-30 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-36 4.8 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-41 4.9 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-45
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk.) 3. Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Award BIOS Flash utilities. Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support DVD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. See page 5-3 for the Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Open. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/ S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer. c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options îÂÂeld, then click Start. Windows î 2000 environment T o create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start, then select Run. d. From the Open îÂÂeld, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-5 T o update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Y ou can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk that contains the BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive or the USB port. 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a îÂÂoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility . The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self T ests (POST). ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk, hard disk, or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T32/16/12 format only . ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B312 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: P5N32-E SLI Plus VER: 0116 DATE: 10/30/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\ [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]Exit [Tab]Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move WIN98E <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR> Note (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the T ools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. Y ou can switch between drives by pressing <T ab> before the correct îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter>. 4. When the correct BIOS îÂÂle is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when down. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC WIN98E <DIR> C
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility . Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility . 1. Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS web site. Rename the îÂÂle to P5N32-EP .BIN and save it to a îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk in F A T 16/12 format. Save only the updated BIOS îÂÂle in the disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS îÂÂle. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdîÂÂash.exe) from the Software folder of the support DVD to the îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk with the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk you created earlier . 4. Under the DOS mode, use <X:> (X stands for the name of the disk assignment) to switch to the folder of îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or USB îÂÂash disk you saved the BIOS îÂÂleand AwardBIOS Flash Utility . 5. At the prompt, type awdîÂÂash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program:
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-7 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 8. The utility veriîÂÂes the BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk and starts îÂÂashing the BIOS îÂÂle. Do not turn off or reset the system during the îÂÂashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully îÂÂashed the BIOS îÂÂle. Remove the disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: P5N32-EP.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: P5N32-EP.bin Programming Flash Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: P5N32-EP.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 6. T ype the BIOS îÂÂle name in the File Name to Program îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>.
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4. The utility saves the current BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk, then returns to the BIOS îÂÂashing process. 3. T ype a îÂÂlename for the current BIOS îÂÂle in the Save current BIOS as îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>. T o save the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle Y ou can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. Y ou can load the current BIOS îÂÂle when the BIOS îÂÂle gets corrupted during the îÂÂashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0112.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0112.bin Checksum: 810DH Save current BIOS as: 0113.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0113.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! Make sure that the îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk has enough disk space to save the îÂÂle.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted toâÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îÂÂrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.9 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Sat, Jan 21 2006 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA2 [None] SATA3 [None] SATA4 [None] SATA5 [None] SATA6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Extreme T weaker For changing the overclocking settings Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) conîÂÂguration Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration T ools For conîÂÂguring options for special functions Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-1 1 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the item has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window .â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Function <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a subâÂÂmenu Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between îÂÂelds Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted îÂÂeld <F10> Saves changes and exit
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Speciî¿es the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA1 [None] [None] SATA2 [None] SATA2 [None] [None] SATA3 [None] SATA3 [None] [None] SATA4 [None] SATA4 [None] [None] SATA5 [None] SATA5 [None] [None] SATA6 [None] SATA6 [None] [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Pop-up menu Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-13 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Sat, Jan 21 2006 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA1 [None] [None] SATA2 [None] SATA2 [None] [None] SATA3 [None] SATA3 [None] [None] SATA4 [None] SATA4 [None] [None] SATA5 [None] SATA5 [None] [None] SATA6 [None] SATA6 [None] 6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. ConîÂÂguration options: [English] [French] [Deutsch] [Chinese (T rad.)] [Chinese (Simp.)] [Japanese] 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.]
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Sector and T ransfer Mode). These values are not user-conîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. PIO Mode [Auto] Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode [Auto] Disables or sets the UDMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disable] [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically îÂÂlls in the correct values for the remaining îÂÂelds on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set a PIO mode for IDE device. Mode0 through 4 for successive increase in performance. Primary IDE Master PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Primary IDE Master [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 82 GB Cylinder 39420 Head 16 Sector 255 Transfer Mode UDMA 5
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-15 Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. T ransfer Mode Shows the T ransfer mode. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. ConîÂÂguration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.6 S A T A 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial A T A devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SA T A device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SA T A device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user- conîÂÂgurable. These items show 0 if no SA T A device is installed in the system. Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Selects the type of îÂÂxed disk connected to the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Sets the sector addressing mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Selects the type of î¿xed disk connected to the system. SATA1 Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 0 MB Cylinder 0 Head 0 Landing Zone 0 Sector 0 Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-17 Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting T echnology (SMART) feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.8 Installed Memory [xxx MB] Shows the size of installed memory . 4.3.9 Usable Memory [XXX MB] Shows the size of usable memory .
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4 Extreme Tweaker menu The Extreme menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure overclocking-related items. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select overclock proî¿le . AI Tuning [Auto] x Overclock Options Disabled x N.O.S. Option x System Clocks x FSB & Memory Conî¿g Overclocking Over Voltage NVIDIA GPU EX [Disabled] x SLI-Ready Memory Not Detected F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit 4.4.1 AI T uning [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency . Selct either one of the preset overclocking conîÂÂguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock Loads overclocking proîÂÂles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. The ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks. The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ AI Overclock] Overclock Options [Disabled] Allows you to set the overclocking options. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] [FSB 960/800] [FSB 1280/800] [FSB 1000/667] [FSB 1333/667] [FSB 1200/800] T ake caution when changing the settings of the Extreme menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-19 The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ Manual]. System Clocks This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set C55 PCIE Overclock System Clocks PCIEX16_1 Frequency (MHz) [100] PCIEX16_2 Frequency (MHz) [100] PCIEX16_3 Frequency (MHz) [100] SPP <-> MCP Ref Clock, MHz [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker PCIEX16_1 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_1 overclocking frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] PCIEX16_2 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_2 overclocking frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] PCIEX16_3 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_3 overclocking frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] SPP <-> MCP Ref Clock, MHz [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [200.0 MHz] [200.5 MHz] [201.0 MHz] [201.5 MHz] ~[500.0 MHz]
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup FSB - Memory Ratio [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1:1] [5:4] [3:2] [Sync Mode] FSB (QDR), MHz [800] ConîÂÂguration options: [533 MHz]~[3000 MHz] N.O.S Option [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help System clock mode [Optimal] Set FSB and memory speed automatically. [Linked] Enter FSB Speed manually. Memory Speed changes proportionally. FSB - Memory Clock Mode [Linked] FSB - Memory Ratio [Auto] FSB (QDR), MHz [800] Actual FSB (QDR), MHz 800.0 x MEM (DDR), MHz Linked Actual MEM (DDR), MHz 667 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker FSB & Memory Conî¿g FSB & Memory ConîÂÂg This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. FSB - Memory Clock Mode [Auto] Allows you to set the system clock mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Linked] [Unlinked] The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the FSB-Memory Clock Mode item to [Linked].
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-21 4.4.2 Overclocking This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Overclocking CPU Type Genuine Intel (R) CPU CPU Speed 2.80GHz Cache RAM 1024K x2 CPU Multiplier [17] Memory Timing Setting Spread Spectrum Control Intel SpeedStep [Disabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] X TM2 Bus Ratio 12 X X TM2 Bus VID 1.2000V Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] EnhancedC1 (C1E) [Disabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Enhanced Intel SpeedStep(tm) Tech. [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Enabled] LDT Frequency [5x] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Memory Timing Setting Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Memory Timing Setting tCL (CAS Latency) [Auto] tRCD [Auto] tRAS [Auto] Command Per Clock (CMD) [Auto] ** Advanced Memory Settings ** tRRD [Auto] tRC [Auto] tWR [Auto] tWTR [Auto] tREF [Auto] Async Latency [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker tCL (CAS Latency) [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] tRCD [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRP [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRAS [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[31] CPU Multiplier [17] ConîÂÂguration options: [6]~[50]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup MCP PCIE Spread Spectrum [Down Spread] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Down Spread] SA T A Spread Spectrum [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] LDT Spread Spectrum [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Center] [Down] Command Per Clock (CMD) [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1 clock] [2 clock] tRRD [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tRC [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[31] tWR [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tWTR [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tREF [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] Async Latency [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1.00nS] [1.25nS] [1.50nS] [1.75nS] [2.00nS] [2.25nS] [2.50nS] Spread Spectrum Control Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Spread Spectrum Control CPU Spread Spectrum [Disabled] PCIE Spread Spectrum [Down Spread] MCP PCIE Spread Spectrum [Down Spread] SATA Spread Spectrum [Disabled] LDT Spread Spectrum [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker CPU Spread Spectrum [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Center Spread] [UP Spread] PCIE Spread Spectrum [Down Spread] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Down Spread]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-23 Intel SpeedStep [Disabled] This item is user-conîÂÂgurable only when you set [AI T uning] to [Standard], [Auto], or [AI N.O.S.]. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxV al [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Enhanced C1 (CIE) [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.3 Over V oltage This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system voltage-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set CPU VID to desired voltage, but it will cause other CPU power management feature such as C1E, EIST, and TM2) fail to control CPU VID. Select [Auto] to let CPU VID keep original value. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Over Voltage VCore Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] 1.2V HT Voltage [Auto] NB Core Voltage [Auto] SB Core Voltage [Auto] CPU VTT Voltage [Auto] DDR2 Controller Ref Voltage [Auto] DDR2 Channel A Ref Voltage [Auto] DDR2 Channel B Ref Voltage [Auto] Virtualization T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Enhanced Intel SpeedStep(tm) T ech. [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hyper-Threading T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] LDT Frequency [5x] ConîÂÂguration options: [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] VCore V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.90000V] [1.89375V] [1.88750V] [1.88125V] [1.87500V]...[0.83750V] [0.83125V] Memory V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.850V] [1.875V] [1.900V]...[3.400V] [3.425V]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup DDR2 Channel A Ref V oltage / DDR2 Channel B Ref V oltage [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR2 Controller/ChannelA/B Ref voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR2_V ol/2] [DDR2_ ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR2_V ol/2] [DDR2_ V ol/2-30mv] [DDR2_V ol/2-20mv] [DDR2_V ol/2-10mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 10mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 20mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 30mv] 4.4.4 NVIDIA GPU Ex [Disabled] Enables or disables with the optimized NVIDIA Ex graphics driver . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] 1.2V HT V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V]...[1.90V] [1.95V] NB Core V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V]...[2.70V] [2.75V] SB Core V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.50V] [1.55V] [1.60V] [1.65V] [1.70V] [1.75V] [1.80V] [1.85V] CPU VTT V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V] [1.35V]...[1.50V] [1.55V] DDRII Controller Ref V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR2_V ol/2] [DDR2_V ol/2-30mv] [DDR2_ V ol/2-20mv] [DDR2_V ol/2-10mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 10mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 20mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 30mv] 4.4.5 SLI-Ready Memory [Disabled] Allows you to select the SPD proîÂÂle for SLI-Ready memory modules. The conîÂÂguration options may vary depending on the type of module you installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Optimal] [High Performance] [High Frequency] The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when SLI-Ready Memory is set to [Enabled]. 4.4.6 SLI-Ready Memory CPUOC [CPUOC 0%] ConîÂÂguration options: [CPUOC 0%] [CPUOC 1%]~[CPUOC 14%] [CPUOC MAX]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-25 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN2 Cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN/LAN2 cable during the Power-On Self-T est (POST). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.1 AI NET2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable LAN cable check during POST. AI NET2 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN2 Cable [Disabled] Pair Status Length LAN1(1-2) Open N/A LAN1(3-6) Open N/A LAN1(4-5) Open N/A LAN1(7-8) Open N/A LAN2(1-2) Open N/A LAN2(3-6) Open N/A LAN2(4-5) Open N/A LAN2(7-8) Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for system devices. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set. AI NET2 PCIPnP Onboard Device Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction.
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to conî¿gure non-boot devices. PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Primary Display Adapter [PCI] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5.2 PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Primary Display Adapter [PCI] Allows you to select the graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI] [PCI-E]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-27 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Onboard Device Conî¿guration IDE Function Setup Serial-ATA Conî¿guration HD Audio [Auto] HD Audio [Auto] Front Panel Support Type [AC97] Onboard 1st nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard 2nd nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE PIO read prefetch mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration This sub-menu allows you to change Serial A T A settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Serial-ATA Conî¿guration Serial-ATA Controller [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] x SATA1 RAID Disabled x SATA2 RAID Disabled x SATA3 RAID Disabled x SATA4 RAID Disabled x SATA5 RAID Disabled x SATA6 RAID Disabled Serial-A T A Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Serial A T A controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller . When set to [Enabled], the succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A1/2/3/4/5/6 [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the îÂÂrst to sixth SA T A master drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] HD Audio [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the High-DeîÂÂnition audio function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Front Panel Support T ype [HD Audio] Allows you to set the front panel audio connector (AAFP) mode to legacy AC`97 or high-deîÂÂnition audio depending on the audio standard that the front panel audio module supports. ConîÂÂguration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] Onboard 1st/2nd Nvidia LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA î LAN controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-29 Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enable the onboard 1394 device support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or disable the USB 1.1 and 2.0 Controller. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Conî¿guration USB Controller [Enabled] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4.6.1 ACPI Suspend T ype [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. ConîÂÂguration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.6.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-SpeciîÂÂc Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select overclock proî¿le . ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support Enabled APM Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-31 4.6.3 APM ConîÂÂguration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power-Off] [Power-On] [Last State] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI devices & NV Onboard LAN. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the îÂÂrst try . T urning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is of f causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. USB Resume from S5 [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the support of USB keyboard or mouse resumption from S5. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] USB Resume from S5 [Disabled] Power On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) Alarm 0 x Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 : 0 HPET Support [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Alarm Time (hh:mm) [ X: X: X] T o set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour îÂÂeld. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <T AB> to move to the minutes îÂÂeld then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. HPET Support [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key] [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power-Off] [Power-On] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI devices & NV Onboard LAN. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-33 V oltage Monitor Vcore / 3.3V / 5V / 12V V oltage 1.2V HT / 1.5V V oltage VTT CPU / DDR2 T ermination /DDR2 V oltage 1.4V / DDR2 V oltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Voltage Monitor Vcore Voltage [ 1.32V] Memory Voltage [ 1.84V] 1.2V HT Voltage [ 1.23V] NB Voltage [ 1.20V] SB Voltage [ 1.50V] CPU VTT Voltage [ 1.34V] DDR2 Termination Voltage [ 0.92V] 3.3V Voltage [ 2.94V] 5V Voltage [ 4.81V] 12V Voltage [ 11.07V] 4.6.4 Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to go to the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Hardware Monitor Voltage Monitor Temperature Monitor Fan Speed Monitor Fan Speed Control CPU Fan Speed warning [600 RPM]
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Fan Speed Monitor CPU Fan Speed 2960 RPM CHA_FAN1 Speed 0 RPM PWR FAN Speed 0 RPM Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Fan Speed Monitor CPU F AN / CHA _F AN1 Speed PWR F AN Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU, Chassis, fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If any of the fans is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows 0. These items are not user-conîÂÂgurable. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Temperature Monitor CPU Temperature 57úC M/B Temperature 37úC Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power T emperature Monitor CPU, M/B T emperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-35 CHA Fan Q-Fan Sense [CPU T emperature] Allows the Q-Fan to sense CPU/MB temperature and to adjust the fan speed. When the previous items are set to Q-F AN Mode, these items become user- conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [CPU T emperature] [MB T emperature] CPU Fan Speed warning [600 RPM] Allows you to set the CPU fan warning speed function, which gives off a warning when the CPU fan speed is too low . If you set this item to [Disabled], the system will not warn you even if no fan is installed or if the fan is not functioning properly . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [600 RPM] [1200 RPM] [1600 RPM] Fan Speed Control CPU Fan Control [Duty Cycle Mode] CPU Fan Duty Cycle [100%] CHA Fan Control [Duty Cycle Mode] CHA Fan Duty Cycle [100%] x CHA Fan Q-Fan Sense CPU Temperature Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Fan Speed Control Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. CPU / CHA / OPT Fan1, 2, 3, Fan Control [Duty Cycle Mode] Allows you to select the fan control mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Duty Cycle Mode] [Q-F AN Mode] CPU / CHA Fan Duty Cycle [100%] Fan Duty Cycle [100%] Allows you to set the fan duty cycle. When the Fan Control item is set to Q-F AN Mode, this item is not user-conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [60%] [70%] [80%] [90%] [100%]
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Fan Boost Function [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the fan boost function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] When the Fan Boost Function is enabled, the 3-pin CPU fan will run at full speed. 4.7 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Your Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Disabled]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-37 4.7.2 Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.7.3 Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.7.4 CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Conî¿guration Case Open Warning [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All Errors] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open W arning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ2.8.2 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] T ypematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to conîÂÂgure the T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the T ypematic Delay (Msec). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and T ypematic Delay (Msec) become user-conîÂÂgurable only when the item T ypematic Rate Setting is enabled.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-39 T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key . ConîÂÂguration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] T ypematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. ConîÂÂguration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 MB. ConîÂÂguration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo3⢠feature. Halt On [All Errors] Allows you to set the error report type. ConîÂÂguration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key] 4.7.6 Security Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Security Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password User Password These îÂÂelds allow you to set passwords: T o set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. T ype in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>.
4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. When prompted, conîÂÂrm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Set. T o clear the password: 1. Select the password îÂÂeld and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Clear . A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumperâ for instructions. Password Check This îÂÂeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [System]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-41 The succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you enable the ASUS Music Alarm. 4.8 Tools menu The T ools menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help ASUS Music Alarm ASUS O.C. Proî¿le ASUS EZ Flash 2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.8.1 ASUS Music Alarm Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS Music Alarm ASUS Music Alarm [Disabled] x Alarm Date: Sunday Enabled x Monday Enabled x Tuesday Enabled x Wednesday Enabled x Thursday Enabled x Friday Enabled x Saturday Enabled x Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 x Audio CD Drive Primary IDE Master x Detect CD Enter x Starting Track N/A x Repeat Track Disabled x Length 10 Mins x Volume 16 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit ASUS Music Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Music Alarm function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Alarm Date: Sunday/Monday/T uesday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/ Saturday [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the alarm for a particular day . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.8.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS BIOS Proî¿le Load BIOS Proî¿le Save BIOS Proî¿le Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Load BIOS Proî¿le from Proî¿le 1. Load BIOS Proî¿le Load from Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 2 Load from File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Load BIOS ProîÂÂle Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 Allows you to set the alarm time. Press <T ab> to select the îÂÂeld, then use < > or <-> to change the value. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Audio CD Drive [Primary IDE Master] Allows you to select the connection conîÂÂguration of the optical storage device from which the alarm music will play from. ConîÂÂguration options: [Primary IDE Master] [Primary IDE Slave] Detect CD [Enter] Press <Enter> to search the CD track number . Starting T rack Allows you to choose the starting track from the CD from which you would like the alarm music to play . Repeat T rack [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the repeat track function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Single] [All] Length [10 Mins] Allows you to set the length of the music alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [10 Mins] [20 Mins] [30 Mins] [1 Hour] V olume [16] Allows you to set the volume level of the music alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [01] ~ [32]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-43 Load from ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. Load from File Allows you to load the previous BIOS îÂÂle saved in the hard disk/îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk with the F A T32/16/12 format. Follow the instructions below to load the BIOS îÂÂle. 1. Insert the storage devices that contains the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle. 2. T urn on the system. 3. Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the âÂÂT oolsâ menu to select âÂÂLoad from File.â Press <Enter> then the setup screen will appear . 4. Press <T ab> to switch between drives before the correct âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. 5. A pop-up message will inform you when the loading process îÂÂnishes. ⢠Suggest only to update the BIOS îÂÂle coming from the same memory/CPU conîÂÂguration and BIOS version. ⢠Only the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle can be loaded. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Save current BIOS Proî¿le to Proî¿le 1. Save BIOS Proî¿le Save to Proî¿le 1 Save to Proî¿le 2 Save to File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Save BIOS ProîÂÂle Save to ProîÂÂe 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the îÂÂle. Save to File Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the hard disk/îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk with F A T32/16/12 format. Follow the instructions below to save the BIOS îÂÂle. 1. Insert the storage devices with enough space. 2. T urn on the system. 3. Enter the BIOS setup program. Go to the âÂÂT oolsâ menu to select âÂÂSave to File.â Press <Enter> then the setup screen will appear . 4. Press <T ab> to switch between the drives. Press hot-key <S> to save the îÂÂle.
4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.8.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a conîÂÂrmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Y es] or [No], then press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm your choice. ASUSTek O.C. Proî¿le Utility B318 BOARD: P5N32-E SLI Plus VER: 0116 DATE: 10/30/2006 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: A:\ A: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]: Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit. The BIOS îÂÂle will be saved as âÂÂxxx.CMOâÂÂ. 5. Key in the îÂÂle name. Then press <Enter>. 6. A pop-up message will inform you when the saving process îÂÂnishes. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B318 FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC BOARD: P5N32-E SLI Plus VER: 0116 DATE: 10/30/2006 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: A:\ A: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-45 4.9 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Once you are îÂÂnished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îÂÂelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîÂÂrmation before exiting. Load Setup Default This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîÂÂrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-26 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-34
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the Support DVD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/2003 Server/XP/64-bit XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support DVD information The Support DVD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 Running the Support DVD Place the Support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary . Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only . Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability . The contents of the Support DVD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support DVD/ motherboard information Click an item to install
5-2 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers Launches the ASUS InstAll driver installation wizard. Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Installs the NVIDIA î Chipset drivers for the NVIDIA î nForce⢠dual x16 SLI chipset. SoundMAX î AD1988 Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX î AD1988 audio driver and application. USB 2.0 Driver Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver .
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-3 5.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities Launches the ASUS InstAll utilities installation wizard. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windowsî environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows î environment. ASUS Music Alarm The ASUS Music Alarm is an audio alarm clock that uses your favorite CD music to give you a personal wake-up call.
5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Adobe Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view , and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver . The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer . Visit the Microsoft website (www .microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-Virus Utility The anti-virus application scans, identiîÂÂes, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-5 5.2.4 Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu contains items to create the NVIDIAî nForce⢠dual x16 SLI SA T A RAID driver disk. Make NVIDIA 32bit XP/2000/2003 SA T A RAID Driver Make NVIDIA 64bit 2003 SA T A RAID Driver Allows you to create an NVIDIA î Serial A T A RAID driver disk for a 32-bit/64-bit system.
5-6 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.5 Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual îÂÂles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual îÂÂle.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-7 5.2.7 Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the Support DVD. Click an icon to display the speciîÂÂed information. Motherboard Info Displays the general speciîÂÂcations of the motherboard. Browse this DVD Displays the Support DVD contents in graphical format.
5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Filelist Displays the contents of the Support DVD and a brief description of each in text format. T echnical support form Displays the ASUS T echnical Support Request Form that you have to îÂÂll out when requesting technical support.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the Support DVD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme îÂÂle that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo3⢠The ASUS MyLogo3⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-T ests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo3⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from the Support DVD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. T o launch the ASUS MyLogo3â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility . Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options from the drop down menu, then click Next. 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before îÂÂashing BIOS, then click Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle from the drop down menu, then click Next. 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS îÂÂle, then click Next . The ASUS MyLogo window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo3â¢, use the Award BIOS Flash utility to make a copy of your original BIOS îÂÂle, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section âÂÂ4.1.4 Updating the BIOS.â â¢ Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo3. See section âÂÂ4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂgurationâÂÂ. ⢠Y ou can create your own boot logo image in GIF , or BMP îÂÂle formats. ⢠The îÂÂle size should be smaller than 150 K.
5-10 Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility , îÂÂash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After îÂÂashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST . 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-1 1 5.3.2 SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility The ADI AD1988B High DeîÂÂnition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability through the SoundMAX î audio utility with AudioESP⢠software to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988B Audio Driver from the Support DVD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX î audio utility . If the SoundMAX î audio utility is correctly installed, you will îÂÂnd the SoundMAX î icon on the taskbar . ⢠Y ou must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup. ⢠SoundMAX î requires Microsoft î Windows î 2000/XP or later version. Make s ur e t ha t o ne o f t he s e o p er at i ng s y st e ms i s i ns ta l le d b ef o re i n st al l in g SoundMAX î . ⢠Jack Re tasking functi on works on High De îÂÂnition front panel audio ports only .
5-12 Chapter 5: Software support From the taskbar , double-click on the SoundMAX î icon to display the SoundMAX î Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX î control panel, you can easily conîÂÂgure your audio settings. Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and begin enjoying High DeîÂÂnition Audio.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-13 Jack conîÂÂguration This screen helps you conîÂÂgure your computer â s audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the T est button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. Y ou will be asked to read pre- written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices, enable/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. DTS This feature is consists of two elements: DTS interactive and DTS NEO:PC. DTS interactive re-encodes your stereo or multi-channel sound into a DTS audio signal and send it out from your PC to any DTS enabled system. While DTS NEO:PC turns your stereo audio such as MP3, WMA, CD, and other sound format into a convincing multi-channel audio experience.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-15 Microphone options Click the Listening Environment tab allows you to optimize your microphone input settings. Enhanced Microphone Features Noise Filtering Enables Noise Filter function. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. Y ou can enable it for a better recording quality . V oice Recording Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. Y ou can enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Directional Array Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. Y ou can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side. The directional Array and Speaker Phone function only when working with the ASUS Array Mic. The ASUS Array Mic is purchased separately .
5-16 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computer â s vital components, and detects and alerts you of any problem with these components. PC Probe II senses fan rotations, CPU temperature, and system voltages, among others. Because PC Probe II is software-based, you can start monitoring your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility , you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II T o install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the Support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the Support DVD to locate the setup.exe îÂÂle from the ASUS PC Probe II folder . Double-click the setup.exe îÂÂle to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II. 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Y ou can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.xx.xx . The PC Probe II main window appears. After launching the application, the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility conîÂÂguration. By default, the main window displays the Preference section. Y ou can close or restore the Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Preference panel
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-17 Button Function Opens the ConîÂÂguration window Opens the Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory , CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show . When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Y ou can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window . Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate.
5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Changing the monitor panels position T o change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK when îÂÂnished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. Y ou can now move or reposition the panel independently . Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computer â s desktop. Large display Small display Click to increase value Click to decrease value Adjusting the sensor threshold value Y ou can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. Y ou can also adjust the threshold values using the ConîÂÂg window . Y ou cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-19 Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below . Large display Small display WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser . This browser displays various Windowsî management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information to display the available information. Y ou can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser . DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser . This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information to display the available information.
5-20 Chapter 5: Software support PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser . This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information item to display available information. Usage The Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU, hard disk drive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser . CPU usage The CPU tab displays real- time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available HDD space.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-21 Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory . The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available ConîÂÂguring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The ConîÂÂg window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference. The Sensor/ Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default threshold values for each sensor Applies your changes Cancels or ignores your changes Lo ad s y ou r s av ed co nî gur at ion Saves your conîÂÂguration
5-22 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 ASUS Music Alarm This motherboard is equipped with an audio alarm clock called ASUS Music Alarm. The ASUS Music Alarm gives you a personal wake-up called with your favorite CD music when the system is off. The onboard audio CODEC supports this feature, which requires an optical drive (CD-ROM, CD-RW , or DVD-ROM). ⢠Make sure that the power cord is plugged to a grounded power source so that the system has standby power . ⢠ASUS Music Alarm only supports audio CDs. ⢠ASUS Music Alarm will not work if you installed and enabled an add-on sound card. ⢠Only IDE A T API devices from the Southbridge support this feature. Hardware setup T o set up the hardware: 1. Connect the analog audio cable from the optical drive to the 4-pin CD-In connector on the audio module. 2. Connect speakers or a headphone to the Line-Out (lime-colored) port on the front or rear panel for audio output. Y ou may also connect speakers or a headphone to the output jack on the optical drive. 3. Refer to the succeeding sections to make the appropriate settings in the BIOS or in Windows î . BIOS conîÂÂguration T o enable ASUS Music Alarm in the BIOS: 1. T urn on the system. 2. During POST , press <Del> to enter BIOS setup. 3. Go to the T ools menu, then select ASUS Music Alarm . 4. Set the ASUS Music Alarm item to [Enabled]. See section âÂÂ4.8.1 ASUS Music Alarmâ for details.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-23 OS conîÂÂguration T o conîÂÂgure ASUS Music Alarm in Windows î 1. Place the Support DVD into the optical drive. 2. Click the Utilities tab and choose ASUS Music Alarm to install the utility . 3. Insert an audio CD into the optical drive. 4. Launch the ASUS Music Alarm application by going to Start > ASUS > ASUS Music Alarm . The main window appears. Alarm information section shows the alarm time and days Music section shows the drive letter of the chosen optical drive and the starting track number to use as music alarm Minimize button Exit button Options section shows playing options 5. Click the arrow ( ) next to Time for Next Alarm in the Alarm information section. The Alarm T ime Setting panel appears. Set the days and time of the alarm, or enable/disable the Music Alarm feature. When done, click OK. 6. Click the arrow ( ) next to Music in the Music section. The Music Selection panel appears. Select the optical storage device, then choose the starting CD track number from which you would like the music alarm to play . When done, click OK.
5-24 Chapter 5: Software support 7. Click the arrow ( ) next to Options in the Options section. The Options panel appears. Disable or select the Repeat mode, then specify the length of the alarm music to play . Set the desired volume. When done, click OK. 8. After you have îÂÂnished making all the required settings, turn off the system. Adjusting the volume T o adjust the volume while the music alarm is playing: ⢠Use the <Up> or <Down> arrow key to increase or decrease the volume. T urning off the music alarm T o turn off the music alarm: ⢠Press any key to stop playing the CD and turn off the system. ⢠While the music alarm is playing, the system wake-up features (LAN, keyboard, mouse, PCI/PCIE device, modem) are deactivated. ⢠If the system loses connection or if it does not detect any optical drive or audio CD, the ASUS Music Alarm is automatically disabled/turned off. ⢠While the music alarm is playing, the optical drive front panel functions are automatically disabled. ⢠The ASUS Music Alarm works only when the system is off.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-25 5.3.5 ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in WIndows î environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. After installing the program from the bundled Support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Booster icon on the Windows î OS taskbar . The options on the task bar allow you to use the default settings, adjust CPU/ Memory/PCI-E frequency manually , or create and apply your personal overclocking conîÂÂgurations.
5-26 Chapter 5: Software support 5.4 RAID conî¿gurations The motherboard comes with two RAID controllers that allow you to conîÂÂgure Serial A T A hard disk drives as RAID sets. ⢠The NVIDIA î nForce⢠dual x16 SLI Southbridge includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller that supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîÂÂguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîÂÂguration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conîÂÂgured as a RAID set. This conîÂÂguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneîÂÂts.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-27 If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, îÂÂrst copy the RAID driver from the Support DVD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID conîÂÂguration. T o set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility . 2. Enable the RAID Enabled item in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration > Serial-A T A ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 3. Select and enable the IDE or SA T A drive(s) that you want to conîÂÂgure as RAID. See section âÂÂ4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration > Serial-A T A ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂgurations The motherboard includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce⢠dual x16 SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. Installing Serial A T A (SA T A) hard disks The motherboard supports Ultra DMA 133/100/66 and Serial A T A hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . T o install the SA T A hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SA T A signal cables. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support DVD for detailed information on RAID conîÂÂgurations. See section âÂÂ5.2.5 Manuals menu.âÂÂ
5-28 Chapter 5: Software support ⢠For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂguration, refer to the âÂÂNVIDIA î RAID User Guideâ found in your motherboard Support DVD. ⢠When using Windows î 2000 operating system, make sure to install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or later version. Make sure to re-enter your NVRAID settings after the CMOS is cleared; otherwise, the system will not recognize your RAID setup. Entering the NVIDIA î RAID utility T o enter the NVIDIA î RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer . 2. During POST , press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility . The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only , and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Deî¿ne a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Del
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-29 Creating a RAID V olume T o create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA î RAID utility DeîÂÂne a New Array menu, select RAID Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning TIP: For server systems, we recommend using a lower array block size. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, we recommend a higher array block size for optimum performance. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. Press <T AB> select the Striping Block then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <T AB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] NO 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim âÂÂ
5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Rebuilding a RAID array T o rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [Ctrl-X]Exit [ âÂÂâÂÂ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-31 A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array . The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears. Y ou will need to enter Window î XP and run the NVIDIA utility in order to complete the rebuilt process.
5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Deleting a RAID array T o delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <D> to delete a RAID array . The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Y es, the DeîÂÂne a New Array menu appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-33 Clearing a disk data T o clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
5-34 Chapter 5: Software support 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. T o create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support DVD into the DVD-ROM drive. 2. Select Make Disk tab. 3. From the Make Disk menu, select the RAID driver disk you want to create or browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the driver disk utility . Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.4 Make Disk menuâ for details. 4. Insert îÂÂoppy disk to îÂÂoppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. T o install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver . 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Due to chipset limitation, the Serial A T A ports supported by the NVIDIA chipset doesnâÂÂt support Serial Optical Disk Drives (Serial ODD) under DOS.
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics cards setup .......................................................... 6-2
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) technology that allows you to install two identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements ⢠Y ou should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiîÂÂed. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver s upports the NVIDIA SLI technology . Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ8. A TX power connectorsâ on page 2-31 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA SLI technology supports Windows î XP⢠32-bit/64bit operating system only . ⢠Visit the NVIDIA zone website (http://www .nzone.com) for the latest certiîÂÂed graphics card and supported 3D application list.
6-2 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.2 Dual graphics card setup 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î -certiîÂÂed. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly . T o install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare two graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldîÂÂngers for the SLI connector . 2. Remove the metal bracket covers opposite the two PCI Express x16 slots. GoldîÂÂngers
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 6-3 4. Insert the second graphics card into the other slot (PCIEX16_3). Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. If required, connect an auxiliary power source to the PCI Express graphics cards. 3. Insert one graphics card into one of the blue slots (PCIEX16_1). Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6-4 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 7. Connect a VGA cable or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card/s. We recommend to install an additional chassis fan for better thermal environment. 5. Align and insert the SLI connector to the goldîÂÂngers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is îÂÂrmly in place. 6. When installing two VGA cards using a 20-pin A TX PSU with sufîÂÂcient 12v capability , we recommend that you connect the auxillary power source from the power supply to the graphics card. Refer to the PSU documentation for dual VGA power requirements. SLI connector
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 6-5 NVIDIA Settings icon T o enable the multi-GPU feature: 1. Click the NVIDIA Settings icon on your Windows taskbar . 2. From the pop-up menu, select nView Desktop Manager then click nView Properties. Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology . Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia. com). 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. 6.2.3 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows î After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the Multi-Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) feature in the NVIDIA nView properties. 3. From the nView Desktop Manager window , select the Desktop Management tab. 4. Click Properties to display the Display Properties dialog box.
6-6 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 5. From the Display Properties dialog box, select the Settings tab then click Advanced. 6. Select the NVIDIA GeForce tab. 7. Click the slider to display the following screen, then select the SLI multi-GPU item. 8. Click the Enable SLI multi-GPU check box. 9. Click OK when done. Slider
ii E2979 First Edition V1 December 2006 Copyright é 2006 ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUST eK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair , modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL âÂÂAS ISâ WITHOUT W ARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A P ARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT , SPECIAL, INCIDENT AL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DA T A, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT . SPECIFICA TIONS AND INFORMA TION CONT AINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMA TIONAL USE ONL Y , AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE A T ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THA T MA Y APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT . Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe.
iii Contents Notices ........................................................................................................ vii Safety information .................................................................................... viii About this guide ......................................................................................... ix P5N32-E SLI Plus speciîÂÂcations summary .............................................. xi Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2 1.3.1 Product highlights ........................................................... 1-2 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle features ............................................. 1-4 1.3.3 ASUS special features .................................................... 1-7 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Placement direction ........................................................ 2-2 2.2.2 Screw holes .................................................................... 2-2 2.2.3 ASUS Stack Cool 2 ......................................................... 2-3 2.2.4 Motherboard layout ......................................................... 2-4 2.2.5 Layout contents ............................................................... 2-5 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-7 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................... 2-8 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan .............................. 2-10 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan ......................... 2-12 2.3.4 Installing the optional fan .............................................. 2-14 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-15 2.4.1 Overview ....................................................................... 2-15 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations .................................................. 2-16 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM .......................................................... 2-17 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-17 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card ......................................... 2-18 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card ..................................... 2-18 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments ................................................... 2-19
iv Contents 2.5.4 PCI slots ........................................................................ 2-20 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot ....................................................... 2-20 2.5.6 PCI Express x16 slots ................................................... 2-20 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-21 2.7 Audio card installation .............................................................. 2-22 2.8 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23 2.8.1 Rear panel connectors .................................................. 2-23 2.8.2 Internal connectors ....................................................... 2-26 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function .................................... 3-2 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch .............................. 3-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility ........................................................ 4-1 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk ....................................... 4-4 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility ................................................... 4-5 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS .......................................................... 4-6 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle ............................................ 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ........................................................ 4-10 4.2.2 Menu bar ....................................................................... 4-10 4.2.3 Legend bar .....................................................................4-1 1 4.2.4 Menu items .................................................................... 4-1 1 4.2.5 Sub-menu items .............................................................4-1 1 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ........................................................4-1 1 4.2.7 Pop-up window ............................................................. 4-12 4.2.8 General help ................................................................. 4-12 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-13 4.3.1 System T ime ................................................................. 4-13 4.3.2 System Date ................................................................. 4-13 4.3.3 Language ...................................................................... 4-13
v Contents 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A ........................................................ 4-13 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave ............................................. 4-14 4.3.6 S A T A 1 ~ 6 . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . 4 - 1 6 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring ............................................... 4-17 4.3.8 Installed Memory ........................................................... 4-17 4.3.9 Usable Memory ............................................................. 4-17 4.4 Extreme T weaker menu ............................................................. 4-18 4.4.1 AI T uning ....................................................................... 4-18 4.4.2 Overclocking ................................................................. 4-21 4.4.3 Over V oltage ................................................................. 4-23 4.4.4 NVIDIA GPU Ex ............................................................ 4-24 4.4.5 SLI-Ready Memory ....................................................... 4-24 4.4.6 SLI-Ready Memory CPUOC ......................................... 4-24 4.5 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-25 4.5.1 AI NET2 ........................................................................ 4-25 4.5.2 PCIPnP ......................................................................... 4-26 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration ...................................... 4-27 4.6 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-30 4.6.1 ACPI Suspend T ype ...................................................... 4-30 4.6.2 ACPI APIC Support ....................................................... 4-30 4.6.3 APM ConîÂÂguration ........................................................ 4-31 4.6.4 Hardware Monitor ......................................................... 4-33 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-36 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority ...................................................... 4-36 4.7.2 Removable Drives ......................................................... 4-37 4.7.3 Hard Disk Drives ........................................................... 4-37 4.7.4 CDROM Drives ............................................................. 4-37 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration ......................................... 4-38 4.7.6 Security ......................................................................... 4-39 4.8 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-41 4.8.1 ASUS Music Alarm ........................................................ 4-41 4.8.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle ......................................................... 4-42 4.8.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 .......................................................... 4-44 4.9 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-45
vi Contents Chapter 5: Software support 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.2.1 Running the support DVD ............................................... 5-1 5.2.2 Drivers menu ................................................................... 5-2 5.2.3 Utilities menu .................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 Make Disk menu ............................................................. 5-5 5.2.5 Manuals menu ................................................................ 5-6 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information .............................................. 5-6 5.2.7 Other information ............................................................ 5-7 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo3⢠........................................................... 5-9 5.3.2 SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility ........................5-1 1 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II ......................................................... 5-16 5.3.4 ASUS Music Alarm ........................................................ 5-22 5.3.5 ASUS AI Booster ........................................................... 5-25 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-26 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions ............................................................ 5-26 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂgurations ........................................ 5-27 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-34 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics card setup ............................................................ 6-2 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards ................................. 6-2 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers ............................................. 6-5 6.2.3 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windowsî ................ 6-5
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with manufacturer â s instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However , there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver . ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Canadian Department of Communications Statement This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Changes or modiîÂÂcations to this unit not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user â s authority to operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical safety ⢠T o prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect the power cable from the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠Before connecting or removing signal cables from the motherboard, ensure that all power cables are unplugged. ⢠Seek professional assistance before using an adapter or extension cord. These devices could interrupt the grounding circuit. ⢠Make sure that your power supply is set to the correct voltage in your area. If you are not sure about the voltage of the electrical outlet you are using, contact your local power company . ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . Operation safety ⢠Before installing the motherboard and adding devices on it, carefully read all the manuals that came with the package. ⢠Before using the product, make sure all cables are correctly connected and the power cables are not damaged. If you detect any damage, contact your dealer immediately . ⢠T o avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry . ⢠Avoid dust, humidity , and temperature extremes. Do not place the product in any area where it may become wet. ⢠Place the product on a stable surface. ⢠If you encounter technical problems with the product, contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your retailer . This symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products.
ix About this guide This user guide contains the information you need when installing and conîÂÂguring the motherboard. How this guide is organized This guide contains the following parts: ⢠Chapter 1: Product introduction This chapter describes the features of the motherboard and the new technology it supports. ⢠Chapter 2: Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Chapter 3: Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence and ways of shutting down the system. ⢠Chapter 4: BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Descriptions of the BIOS items are also provided. ⢠Chapter 5: Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. ⢠Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. Where to îÂÂnd more information Refer to the following sources for additional information and for product and software updates. 1. ASUS websites The ASUS website provides updated information on ASUS hardware and software products. Refer to the ASUS contact information. 2. Optional documentation Y our product package may include optional documentation, such as warranty îÂÂyers, that may have been added by your dealer . These documents are not part of the standard package.
x Conventions used in this guide T o make sure that you perform certain tasks properly , take note of the following symbols used throughout this manual. T ypography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Key s encl osed i n the less- than a nd gre ater-t han s ign mea ns tha t you must p ress the enclo sed ke y. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key . <Key1 Key2 Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously , the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl Alt D> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S DANGER/W ARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. NOTE: T ips and additional information to help you complete a task. IMPORT ANT : Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task.
xi P5N32-E SLI Plus speciî¿cations summary CPU LGA775 socket for Intel î Coreâ¢2 Extreme / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D / Pentium î 4 / Celeron î D Processors Intel î Quad-core CPU Ready Compatible with Intel î 06/05B/05A processors Note : Visit the ASUS website at www.asus.com for the Intel î CPU support list. Chipset NVIDIA î nForce dual x16 SLI - Supports SLI-Ready Memory T echnology Front Side Bus 1333** / 1066 / 800 / 533 MHz Memory Dual-channel memory architecture - 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support non-ECC unbuffered DDR2 800/667/533 MHz memory modules - Supports up to 8 GB system memory Note: Visit the ASUS website at www.asus.com for the latest QualiîÂÂed V endors List (QVL). SLI-Ready Memory 1200 MHz Expansion slots 2 x PCI Express⢠x16 slots support NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology at full x16, x16 speed (blue) 1 x PCI Express⢠x 16, at x 8 speed (white) 1 x PCI Express⢠x1 2 x PCI 2.2 Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) Supports two identical NVIDIA î SLIâ¢-Ready graphics cards (both at x16 mode) Note: The blue PCI Express x 16 slots support NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology at full x16, x16 speed. The middle slot is for an add-on card at x8 speed. Storage/RAID Southbridge supports: - 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 - 6 x Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s - NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID supports RAID 0, 1, 0 1, 5 and JBOD conîÂÂguration across Serial A T A drives LAN NVIDIAî nForce dual x16 SLI built-in dual Gigabit MAC with external Marvell PHY - Supports NVIDIAî DualNetîÃÂ¥ T echnology (continued on the next page)
xii P5N32-E SLI Plus speciî¿cations summary High DeîÂÂnition Audio SupremeFX Audio Card - ADI 1988B 8-channel High DeîÂÂnition Audio CODEC - Supports Jack-Sensing, Multi-streaming and Jack-Retasking Coaxial, Optical S/PDIF out DTS î Connect IEEE 1394 VIA6308P controller supports: controller supports: - 2 x IEEE 1394a connectors (1 at mid-board, 1 on the rear panel) USB Supports up to 10 USB 2.0/1.1 ports (6 at mid-board, 4 (6 at mid-board, 4 on the rear panel) ASUS Exclusive Overclocking features Intelligent overclocking tools: - AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) - AI Overclocking (intelligent CPU frequency tuner) - AI Booster - O.C. ProîÂÂle Overclocking protection: - ASUS C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) ASUS Unique features ASUS EZ DIY : * Q-Connector * ASUS Crashfree BIOS2 * ASUS EZ Flash 2 ASUS Music Alarm ASUS MyLogo 3 Q-Fan 2 Rear panel 1 x PS/2 Keyboard port (purple) 1 x PS/2 Mouse (green) 1 x Optical S/PDIF Output port 1 x Coaxial S/PDIF Output port 2 x LAN (RJ45) port 4 x USB 2.0/1.1 ports 1 x IEEE1394a port (continued on the next page)
xiii P5N32-E SLI Plus speciî¿cations summary Internal connectors 1 x Floppy disk drive connector 1 x IDE connector for 2 devices 6 x Serial A T A connectors 3 x USB 2.0 connectors support six additional USB 2.0 ports 1 x IEEE 1394a port connector 1 x Chassis intrusion connector 1 x 24-pin A TX power connector 1 x 8-pin A TX 12V power connector 1 x S/PDIF output connector 8 x Fan connectors: 1 x CPU / 1 x Power / 1 x Chassis / 5 x optional fan connectors System panel connector BIOS features 8 Mb AW ARD BIOS, PnP , DMI2.0, WfM2.0, SM BIOS 2.3, Multi-Language BIOS Manageability WOL by PME, WOR by PME, Chasis Intrusion, PXE Accessories 1 x SLI bridge 1 x ASUS Q-connector Kit (USB, 1394, system panel; Retail version only) Retail version only) 1 x UltraDMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable 4 x SA T A cables 2 x SA T A power cables 1 x 2-port USB2.0 module 1 x IEEE1394a module User â s manual Support DVD contents Device drivers ASUS PC Probe II ASUS Update ASUS AI Booster Anti-virus software (OEM version) NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID Form factor A TX form factor: 12 in x 9.6 in (30.5 cm x 24.5 cm) *SpeciîÂÂcations are subject to change without notice. ** available when the installed CPU is supporting 1333MHz FSB.
xiv
1 Product introduction This chapter describes the motherboard features and the new technologies it supports.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 1 1.1 Welcome! ...................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Package contents ......................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Special features ............................................................................ 1-2
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 1-1 1.1 Welcome! Thank you for buying an ASUS î P5N32-E SLI Plus motherboard! The motherboard delivers a host of new features and latest technologies, making it another standout in the long line of ASUS quality motherboards! Before you start installing the motherboard, and hardware devices on it, check the items in your package with the list below . If any of the above items is damaged or missing, contact your retailer . 1.2 Package contents Check your motherboard package for the following items. Motherboard ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus motherboard P5N32-E SLI Plus motherboard I/O modules 1 x 1-port IEEE 1394a module 1 x 2-port USB 2.0 module Cables 2 x Serial A T A power cables 4 x Serial A T A signal cables 1 x Ultra DMA 133/100/66 cable 1 x Floppy disk drive cable Accessories I/O shie ld 1 x 3-in-1 ASUS Q-Connector Kit (USB, IEEE 1394, system panel; Retail version only) 1 x ASUS SLI Bridge Application DVD ASUS motherboard support CD/DVD Documentation User guide
1-2 Chapter 1: Product Introduction 1.3 Special features 1.3.1 Product highlights Green ASUS This motherboard and its packaging comply with the European UnionâÂÂs Restriction on the use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS). This is in line with the ASUS vision of creating environment-friendly and recyclable products/packaging to safeguard consumersâ health while minimizing the impact on the environment. Intel î Coreâ¢2 / Quad-core Processor Ready This motherboard supports the latest Intel î Coreâ¢2 processor in the LGA775 package. With the new Intel î Core⢠microarchitecture technology and 1066 / 800 MHz FSB, the Intel î Coreâ¢2 is one of the most powerful and energy efîÂÂcient CPUs in the world. This motherboard also supports the latest Intel the latest Intel î Quad-core processor , which is excellent for multi-tasking, multi-media and enthusiastic gamers with 1066 / 800 MHz FSB. See page 2-7 for details. See page 2-7 for details. NVIDIA î nForce î dual x16 SLI chipset The NVIDIA î nForce dual x16 SLI chipset supports the NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) technology that allows two graphics processing units (GPUs) in a single system. ItâÂÂs designed for enthusiast, extreme overclocking capability , ultimate gaming performance with SLI technology support. ItâÂÂs deîÂÂnitely one of the fastest platform in the world. See Chapter 6 for details. The NVIDIA î nForce dual x16 SLI chipset also supports six (6) Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s devices, dual PCI Express⢠x16 slots at with NVIDIA î SLI ⢠support at full x16, x16 mode, and up to 10 USB 2.0 ports. NVIDIA î Scalable Link Interface (SLIâ¢) NVIDIA SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) takes advantage of the increased bandwidth of the PCI Express bus architecture and features intelligent hardware and software that allows two GPUs to efîÂÂciently work together to deliver earth- shattering, scalable performance.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 1-3 DDR2 memory support The motherboard supports DDR2 memory that features data transfer rates of 800/667/533 MHz to meet the higher bandwidth requirements of the latest 3D graphics, multimedia, and Internet applications. The dual-channel DDR2 architecture doubles the bandwidth of your system memory to boost system performance, eliminating bottlenecks with peak bandwidths of up to 12.8 GB/s. See page 2-15 for details. Ser ial A T A I/I I tec hno logy Th e m oth erb oa rd fu lly s up por ts the Serial A T A II 3.0 Gb/s technology through the Serial A T A interfaces and the NVIDIA î nForce î dual x16 SLI⢠chipset. The Serial A T A 3.0 Gb/s speciîÂÂcation provides twice the bandwidth of the current Serial A T A products with a host of new features, including Native Command Queueing (NCQ), and Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm. Serial A T A allows for thinner , more îÂÂexible cables with lower pin count and reduced voltage required. See page 2-27 for details. The NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce î dual x16 SLI⢠chipset allows RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, and JBOD conîÂÂgurations for six SA T A 3.0 Gb/s connectors. See pages 2-27 and 5-27 for details. IEEE 1394a support The IEEE 1394a interface provides high speed digital interface for audio/video appliances such as digital television, digital video camcorders, storage peripherals & other PC portable devices. See pages 2-25 and 2-29 for details.
1-4 Chapter 1: Product Introduction S/PDIF digital sound ready This motherboard provides convenient connectivity to external home theater audio systems via coaxial and optical S/PDIF-out (SONY/PHILIPS Digital Interface) jacks.It allows to transfer digital audio without converting to analog format and keeps the best signal quality . See pages 2-24 and 2-25 for details. Dual Gigabit LAN solution The motherboard comes with dual Gigabit LAN controllers to provide the total solution for your networking needs. These network controllers provide faster data bandwidth for your wired or wireless Internet, LAN, and îÂÂle sharing requirements. See page 2-23 for details.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 1-5 1.3.2 ASUS AI Lifestyle features ASUS has devoted special efforts to address the thermal issues across the motherboard, and most notably the areas that reside the CPU, power , Northbridge and Southbridge. Advanced thermal design Stack Cool 2 Stack Cool 2 is a fan-less and zero-noise cooling solution offered exclusively by ASUS. It effectively transfers heat generated by the critical components to the other side of the specially designed PCB (printed circuit board) for effective heat dissipation. 8 Phase Power Design ASUS 8-Phase Power Design keeps CPU and power module away from suffering risk of high power stress, which makes CPU lifetime much longer and system more stable. Furthermore, It provides high efîÂÂciency operation to generate less heat than conventional power solutions and consequently achieve cool system environment. With this strong power pump, this motherboard is made for overclocking. Fanless Design: Heat-pipe Thermal solution Cooling fans, though a popular thermal solution, also come with noise and malfunction likelyhood. ASUS Motherboard's fansless concept is speciîÂÂcally created to provide a cool environment without all the baggage. The heat pipe, heat sinks and strategic board layout were tailor made to dissipate heat in the most efîÂÂcient manner .
1-6 Chapter 1: Product Introduction ASUS EZ DIY ASUS Q-Connector The ASUS Q-Connector allows you to connect or disconnect chassis front panel cables in one easy step with one complete module. This unique adapter eliminates the trouble of plugging in one cable at a time, making connection quick and accurate. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 allows users to restore corrupted BIOS data from a USB îÂÂash disk containing the BIOS îÂÂle. This utility saves users the cost and hassle of buying a replacement BIOS chip. ASUS EZ Flash 2 EZ Flash 2 is a user-friendly BIOS update utility . Simply launch this tool and update BIOS from a USB îÂÂash disk before entering the OS. Y ou can update your BIOS only in a few clicks without preparing an additional îÂÂoppy diskette or using an OS-based îÂÂash utility . SupremeFX (ADI 1988b) The SupremeFX audio card is designed to provide you the best game sound experience. With 24bit/192KHz full sampling in all surround channels, no matter if you're hearing your game through headphones or 7.1 surround speakers, we'll deliver the effects loud and clear! DTS î Connect This feature is consists of two elements: DTS interactive and DTS NEO:PC. DTS interactive re-encodes your stereo or multi-channel sound into a DTS audio signal and send it out from your PC to any DTS enabled system. While DTS NEO:PC turns your stereo audio such as MP3, WMA, CD, and other sound format into a convincing multi-channel audio experience.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 1-7 1.3.3 ASUS special features ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle The motherboard features the ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle that allows users to conveniently store or load multiple BIOS settings. The BIOS settings can be stored in the CMOS or a separate îÂÂle, giving users freedom to share and distribute their favorite overclocking settings. AI NOS⢠Applications such as 3D games and video editing demand a huge chunk of system resource. Inject "nitrous oxide" into your CPU! The patented AI NOS⢠(Non-delay Overclocking System) technology intelligently detects system load and automatically boosts performance for the most demanding tasks. Unlike other dynamic overclocking techniques, AI NOS⢠reacts much faster to satisfy your unending need for speeds. C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) The C.P .R. feature of the motherboard BIOS allows automatic re-setting to the BIOS default settings in case the system hangs due to overclocking. When the system hangs due to overclocking, C.P .R. eliminates the need to open the system chassis and clear the RTC data. Simply shut down and reboot the system, and the BIOS automatically restores the CPU default setting for each parameter . ASUS Multi-language BIOS The multi-language BIOS allows you to select the language of your choice from the available options. The localized BIOS menus allow easier and faster conîÂÂguration. See page 4-13 for details. ASUS MyLogo3 This new feature present in the motherboard allows you to personalize and add style to your system with customizable boot logos. See page 5-9 for details. Music Alarm W ake up to the music of your choice instead of the irritating sound of an alarm clock. The ASUS Music Alarm gives you a personal wake-up call with your favorite CD music when system is off.
1-8 Chapter 1: Product Introduction
2 Hardware information This chapter lists the hardware setup procedures that you have to perform when installing system components. It includes description of the jumpers and connectors on the motherboard.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 2 2.1 Before you proceed ..................................................................... 2-1 2.2 Motherboard overview ................................................................. 2-2 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-7 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-15 2.5 Expansion slots .......................................................................... 2-18 2.6 Jumper ........................................................................................ 2-21 2.7 Audio card installation .............................................................. 2-22 2.8 Connectors ................................................................................. 2-23
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-1 Onboard LED The motherboard comes with a standby power LED. The green LED lights up to indicate that the system is ON, in sleep mode, or in soft-off mode. This is a reminder that you should shut down the system and unplug the power cable before removing or plugging in any motherboard component. The illustration below shows the location of the onboard LED. 2.1 Before you proceed T ake note of the following precautions before you install motherboard components or change any motherboard settings. ⢠Use a grounded wrist strap or touch a safely grounded object or to a metal object, such as the power supply case, before handling components to avoid damaging them due to static electricity . ⢠Hold components by the edges to avoid touching the ICs on them. ⢠Whenever you uninstall any component, place it on a grounded antistatic pad or in the bag that came with the component. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Onboard LED SB_PWR ON Standby Power OFF Powered Off
2-2 Chapter 2: Hardware information P5N 32-E SLI P lus î 2.2 Motherboard overview Before you install the motherboard, study the conîÂÂguration of your chassis to ensure that the motherboard îÂÂts into it. Make sure to unplug the power cord before installing or removing the motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. DO NOT overtighten the screws! Doing so can damage the motherboard. 2.2.1 Placement direction When installing the motherboard, make sure that you place it into the chassis in the correct orientation. The edge with external ports goes to the rear part of the chassis as indicated in the image below . 2.2.2 Screw holes Place nine (9) screws into the holes indicated by circles to secure the motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-3 2.2.3 ASUS Stack Cool 2 The motherboard comes with the ASUS Stack Cool 2 cooling solution that lowers the temperature of critical heat generating components. The motherboard uses a special design on the printed circuit board (PCB) to dissipate heat that critical components generate.
2-4 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.2.4 Motherboard layout P ANEL P5 N32 -E S LI Plu s î CHASSIS PRI_IDE 24.5cm (9.6in) CPU_FAN DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) PWR_FAN LAN2_USB34 OPT_FAN5 FLOPPY Super I/O 8Mb BIOS PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: K eyboard LAN1_USB12 Au dio slot PC IEX 16_ 1 PC I1 CLRTC USB78 USB56 SB_PWR EA TXPWR CR2032 3V Lithium Cell CMOS Power CHA_FAN1 IE1394_2 A TX12V LGA775 SA T A12 30.5cm (12.0in) PC IEX1 PC IEX 16_ 2 PC IEX 16_ 3 PC I2 SA T A34 SA TA56 OPT_FAN4 SPDIF_O1 NVIDIA î NFORCE î dual x 16 SLI Intel î Edition ADH VIA VT6308P Marvell 88E1 1 16 Marvell 88E1 1 16 SPDIF_O2 1394a USB910 OPT_FAN2 OPT_FAN1 OPT_FAN3 NVIDIA î NFORCE î dual x 16 SLI Intel î Edition Refer to 2.8 Connectors for more information about rear panel connectors and internal connectors.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-5 2.2.5 Layout contents Slots Page 1. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-15 2. PCI slots 2-20 3. PCI Express x1 slot 2-20 4. PCI Express x16 slots 2-20 Jumper Page 1. Clear RTC RAM (3-pin CLR TC_EN ) 2-21 Rear panel connectors Page 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 2-23 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port 2-23 3. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. 2-23 4. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port 2-23 5. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4 2-25 6 IEEE1394a port 2-25 7. Optical S/PDIF Out port 2-25 8. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 2-25 Supreme FX Page 1. Line In port (light blue) 2-24 2. Line Out port (lime) 2-24 3. Microphone port (pink) 2-24 4. Center/Subwoofer port (orange) 2-24 5. Side Speaker Out port (gray) 2-24 6. Rear Speaker Out port (black) 2-24
2-6 Chapter 2: Hardware information Internal connectors Page 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) 2-26 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) 2-26 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1-6) 2-27 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB 78, USB910) 2-28 5. IEEE 1394a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) 2-29 6. CPU, chassis, and power fan connectors (4-pin CPU_FAN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1, 3-pin OPT -F AN 1~5, 3-pin PWR_FAN) 2-30 7. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) 2-31 8. A TX power connectors (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2 x 4-pin A TX12V) 2-31 9. S/PDIF output connector (4-1 pin SPDIF_O2) 2-33 10. System panel connector (20-8-pin P ANEL) ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR) ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) 2-34 1 1. ASUS Q-connector (system panel) 2-35
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-7 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Quad-core / Coreâ¢2 Extreme / Coreâ¢2 Duo / Pentium î Extreme / Pentium î D/ Pentium î 4 and Celeron î D processors. ⢠Upon purchase of the motherboard, make sure that the PnP cap is on the socket and the socket contacts are not bent. Contact your retailer immediately if the PnP cap is missing, or if you see any damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. ASUS will shoulder the cost of repair only if the damage is shipment/transit-related. ⢠Keep the cap after installing the motherboard. ASUS will process Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA) requests only if the motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The product warranty does not cover damage to the socket contacts resulting from incorrect CPU installation/removal, or misplacement/loss/ incorrect removal of the PnP cap. ⢠Make sure that all power cables are unplugged before installing the CPU. ⢠Connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability .
2-8 Chapter 2: Hardware information 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever This side of the socket box should face you. PnP cap A B T o prevent damage to the socket pins, do not remove the PnP cap unless you are installing a CPU. 2.3.1 Installing the CPU T o install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the socket box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus CPU Socket 775
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-9 5. Position the CPU over the socket, making sure that the gold triangle is on the bottom-left corner of the socket then îÂÂt the socket alignment key into the CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark 6. Close the load plate (A), then push the load lever (B) until it snaps into the retention tab. 7. If installing a dual-core CPU, connect the chassis fan cable to the CHA_F AN1 connector to ensure system stability . A B The CPU îÂÂts in only one correct orientation. DO NOT force the CPU into the socket to prevent bending the connectors on the socket and damaging the CPU! The motherboard supports Intel î LGA775 processors with the Intel î Enhanced Memory 64 T echnology (EM64T), Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î T echnology (EIST), and Hyper-Threading T echnology . Refer to the Appendix for more information on these CPU features. 4. Lift the load plate with your thumb and foreîÂÂnger to a 100ú angle (A), then push the PnP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). Load plate A B CPU notch
2-10 Chapter 2: Hardware information Fastener Motherboard hole 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink and fan The Intel î LGA775 processor requires a specially designed heatsink and fan assembly to ensure optimum thermal condition and performance. thermal condition and performance. condition and performance. T o install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Place the heatsink on top of the installed CPU, making sure that the four fasteners match the holes on the motherboard. ⢠When you buy a boxed Intel î processor , the package includes the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . If you buy a CPU separately , make sure that you use only Intel î -certiîÂÂed multi-directional heatsink and fan. ⢠Y our Intel î LGA775 heatsink and fan assembly comes in a push-pin design and requires no tool to install. ⢠If you purchased a separate CPU heatsink and fan assembly , make sure that you have properly applied Thermal Interface Material to the CPU heatsink or CPU before you install the heatsink and fan assembly . Make sure that you have installed the motherboard to the chassis before you install the CPU fan and heatsink assembly . Make sure to orient each fastener with the narrow end of the groove pointing outward. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.) Orient the heatsink and fan assembly such that the CPU fan cable is closest to the CPU fan connector . Narrow end of the groove
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-1 1 3. Connect the CPU fan cable to the connector on the motherboard labeled CPU_F AN. 2. Push down two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to secure the heatsink and fan assembly in place. B A A A B B Do not forget to connect the CPU fan connector! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector . A B P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus CPU fan connector GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM CPU_F AN
2-12 Chapter 2: Hardware information T o uninstall the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Disconnect the CPU fan cable from the connector on the motherboard. 2. Rotate each fastener counterclockwise. 3. Pull up two fasteners at a time in a diagonal sequence to disengage the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. B B A A A A B B 4. Carefully remove the heatsink and fan assembly from the motherboard. 2.3.3 Uninstalling the CPU heatsink and fan
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-13 5. Rotate each fastener clockwise to ensure correct orientation when reinstalling. Narrow end of the groove Refer to the documentation in the boxed or stand-alone CPU fan package for detailed information on CPU fan installation. The narrow end of the groove should point outward after resetting. (The photo shows the groove shaded for emphasis.)
2-14 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.3.4 Installing the optional fan 1. Position the fan above the pipe and heatsink assembly . 2. Fit the grooved edge to the heatsink. 3. Carefully push down the fan until it snugly îÂÂts the heatsink, then connect the fan cables. 4. The above photo shows the fan installed on the motherboard. ⢠Plug the optional fan cables to any of the OPT F AN1~5 connectors on the motherboard. ⢠Make sure the optional fan is installed correctly to prevent damage to the fan and motherboard components. Install the optional fan only if you are using a passive cooler or a water cooler . Installing the optional fan with an active CPU cooler will interfere with the airîÂÂow and destabilize the system. The optional fan is purchased separately . Contact your retailer for more information.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-15 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with four Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) Dual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: Channel Sockets Channel A DIMM_A1 and DIMM_A2 Channel B DIMM_B1 and DIMM_B2 P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus 240-pin DDR2 DIMM sockets DIMM_A2 DIMM_A1 DIMM_B2 DIMM_B1
2-16 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.4.2î MemoryîÂÂconîÂÂgurations Y ou may install 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 GB, and 2 GB unbuffered non-ECC DDR2 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠For dual-channel conîÂÂguration, the total size of memory module(s) installed per channel must be the same (DIMM_A1 DIMM_A2 = DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2). ⢠Always install DIMMs with the same CAS latency . For optimum compatibility , we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the same vendor . Visit the ASUS website at www .asus.com for the latest DDR2 QualiîÂÂed V endors List. ⢠Due to chipset resource allocation, the system may detect less than 8 GB system memory when you installed four 2 GB DDR2 memory modules. ⢠The motherboard can support up to 8 GB on the operating system listed The motherboard can support up to 8 GB on the operating system listed below . Y ou may install a maximum of 2 GB DIMMs on each slot. 32-bit 64-bit Windows î 2000 Advanced Server Windows î Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Windows î Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows î XP Professional x64 Edition Windows î Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Visit the ASUS website for the latest DDR2-800/667/533 MHz QVL.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-17 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM Unplug the power supply before adding or removing DIMMs or other system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. T o install a DIMM: 1. Unlock a DIMM socket by pressing the retaining clips outward. 2. Align a DIMM on the socket such that the notch on the DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Firmly insert the DIMM into the socket until the retaining clips snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM T o remove a DIMM: 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A DDR2 DIMM is keyed with a notch so that it îÂÂts in only one direction. Do not force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. Do not install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch Support the DIMM lightly with your îÂÂngers when pressing the retaining clips. The DIMM might get damaged when it îÂÂips out with extra force. DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3 1 2 1 1
2-18 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5 Expansion slots In the future, you may need to install expansion cards. The following sub-sections describe the slots and the expansion cards that they support. 2.5.1 Installing an expansion card T o install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Remove the system unit cover (if your motherboard is already installed in a chassis). 3. Remove the bracket opposite the slot that you intend to use. Keep the screw for later use. 4. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card is completely seated on the slot. 5. Secure the card to the chassis with the screw you removed earlier . 6. Replace the system cover . 2.5.2 ConîÂÂguring an expansion card After installing the expansion card, conîÂÂgure it by adjusting the software settings. 1. T urn on the system and change the necessary BIOS settings, if any . See Chapter 4 for information on BIOS setup. 2. Assign an IRQ to the card. Refer to the tables on the next page. 3. Install the software drivers for the expansion card. Make sure to unplug the power cord before adding or removing expansion cards. Failure to do so may cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components. When using PCI cards on shared slots, ensure that the drivers support âÂÂShare IRQâ or that the cards do not need IRQ assignments. Otherwise, conîÂÂicts will arise between the two PCI groups, making the system unstable and the card inoperable. Refer to the table on the next page for details.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-19 2.5.3 Interrupt assignments IRQ assignments for this motherboard A B C D E F G H PCIEx16_1 â â â â shared â â â PCIEx16_2 â â â â â shared â â PCIEx16_3 â â â â shared â â â PCIEx1_1 â â â â â shared â â PCI Slot_1 shared â â â â â â â PCI Slot_2 â shared â â â â â â USB 1.1 â shared â â â â â â USB 2.0 â â shared â â â â â LAN_1 â shared â â â â â â LAN_2 â shared â â â â â â P A T A shared â â â â â â â SA T A_1 â shared â â â â â â SA T A_2 â â shared â â â â â SA T A_3 â â â used â â â â SA T A_RAID â shared â â â â â â 1394 â shared â â â â â â Audio â â shared â â â â â IRQ Standard function 0 System timer 1 Standard 101/102-key or Microsoft Natural Keyboard 4 Communications Port (COM1)* 6 Standard îÂÂoppy disk controller 8 System CMOS/real-time clock 9 Microsoft ACPI-compliant system 9 NVIDIA nForce networking controller #3 9 NVIDIA nForce networking controller #4 10 NVIDIA nForce PCI system management 1 1 Mass storage controller 12 PS/2 compatible mouse port 13 Numeric data processor 14 Primary IDE channel 16 NVIDIA GeForce 6600 GT 19 VIA OHCI compliant IEEE 1394 host controller 20 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller 20 NVIDIA network bus enumerator 21 NVIDIA network bus enumerator 22 Standard OpenHCD USB host controller 22 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller 23 Standard Enhanced PCI to USB host controller 23 NVIDIA nForce 590/570/550 Serial A T A controller
2-20 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.5.4 PCI slots The PCI slots support cards such as a LAN card, SCSI card, USB card, and other cards that comply with PCI speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots. 2.5.5 PCI Express x1 slot This motherboard supports PCI Express x1 network cards, SCSI cards and other cards that comply with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure below for Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slot. 2.5.6 PCI Express x16 slots This motherboard has three PCI Express x16 slots that support PCI Express x16 x16 graphic cards complying with the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure the PCI Express speciîÂÂcations. Refer to the îÂÂgure Refer to the îÂÂgure below for the location of the slots. PCI Express x 16 slot (blue) PCI slot PCI Express x 16 slot (blue) PCI slot PCI Express x 1 slot PCI Express x 16 slot (x 8 link white)
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-21 P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Clear RTC RAM CLRTC_EN Normal Clear RTC (Default) 1 2 2 3 2.6 Jumper Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC) Y ou can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. T o erase the RTC RAM: 1. T urn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3 to enable the CLRTC function. 3. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer . 4. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. ⢠Make sure to re-enter your previous BIOS settings after you clear the CMOS. ⢠Y ou do not need to clear the RTC when the system hangs due to overclocking. For system failure due to overclocking, use the C.P .R. (CPU Parameter Recall) feature. Shut down and reboot the system so the BIOS can automatically reset parameter settings to default values.
2-22 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.7 Audio card installation 1. T ake out the Audio card from the package. 2. Locate the slot on the motherboard. 3. Align the card connector with the slot and press îÂÂrmly until the card sits on the slot completely . 4. The above photo shows the audio card installed on the motherboard.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-23 1 14 2 3 4 1 1 12 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 2.8 Connectors 2.8.1 Rear panel connectors 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. Coaxial S/PDIF Out port. This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 3. LAN 1 (RJ-45) port. Supported by NV Gigabit LAN controller , this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table on the next page for the LAN port LED indications. 4. LAN 2 (RJ-45) port . Supported by the NV Gigabit LAN controller , this port allows Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. SPEED LED ACTIVITY/ LINK LED LAN port 32-bit OS LAN port LED indications * Blinking Activity/Link Speed LED Description OFF OFF Soft-off Mode YELLOW* OFF During Power ON/OFF YELLOW* ORANGE 100 Mbps connection
2-24 Chapter 2: Hardware information 64-bit OS LAN port LED indications Activity/Link Speed LED Description DNR DNR Soft-off Mode DNR DNR During Power ON/OFF DNR DNR 100 Mbps connection DNR DNR 1 Gbps connection 5. Line In port (light blue). This port connects the tape, CD, DVD player , or other audio sources. 6. Line Out port (lime). This port connects a headphone or a speaker . In 4-channel, 6-channel, and 8-channel conîÂÂguration, the function of this port becomes Front Speaker Out. 7. Microphone port (pink). This port connects a microphone. 8. Center/Subwoofer port (orange). This port connects the center/subwoofer speakers. 9. Rear Speaker Out port (black). This port connects the rear speakers on a 4-channel, 6-channel, or 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. 10. Side Speaker Out port (gray). This port connects the side speakers in an 8-channel audio conîÂÂguration. Refer to the audio conîÂÂguration table below for the function of the audio ports in 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration. Audio 2, 4, 6, or 8-channel conîÂÂguration Port Headset 2-channel 4-channel 6-channel 8-channel Light Blue Line In Line In Line In Line In Lime Line Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Front Speaker Out Pink Mic In Mic In Mic In Mic In Orange â â Center/Subwoofer Center/Subwoofer Black â Rear Speaker Out Rear Speaker Ou Rear Speaker Out Gray â â â Side Speaker Out
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-25 1 1. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2, 3 and 4. These 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 12. IEEE 1394a port. This 6-pin IEEE 1394a port provides high-speed connectivity for audio/video devices, storage peripherals, PCs, or portable devices. 13. Optical S/PDIF Out port . This port connects an external audio output device via an optical S/PDIF cable. 14. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) . This port is for a PS/2 keyboard.
2-26 Chapter 2: Hardware information 2.8.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY) This connector is for the provided îÂÂoppy disk drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector , then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. 2. IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE) The onboard IDE connector is for the Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable. There are three connectors on each Ultra DMA 133/100/66 signal cable: blue, black, and gray . Connect the blue connector to the motherboardâÂÂs IDE connector , then select one of the following modes to conîÂÂgure your device. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector . This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 133/100/66 IDE devices. If any device jumper is set as âÂÂCable-Select,â make sure all other device jumpers have the same setting. Drive jumper setting Mode of device(s) Cable connector Single device Cable-Select or Master - Black T wo devices Cable-Select Master Black Slave Gray Master Master Black or gray Slave Slave P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Floppy disk drive connector NOTE: Orient the red markings on the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. PIN 1 FLOPPY
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-27 3. Serial A T A connectors (7-pin SA T A1-6) These connectors are for the Serial A T A signal cables for Serial A T A hard disk drives. If you installed Serial A T A hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5, or JBOD conîÂÂguration with the onboard NVIDIA with the onboard NVIDIA î MediaShield⢠RAID controller . The RAID function of these connectors is set to [Disabled] by default. If you intend to create a Serial A T A RAID set using these connectors, enable the RAID Enabled item under the Serial A T A ConîÂÂguration sub-menu in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. These connectors support Native Command Queuing (NCQ), Power Management (PM) Implementation Algorithm, Hot Swap and smart setup. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus IDE connector NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE P IN 1 P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus SA T A connectors SA T A1 GND RSAT A_TXP1 RSAT A_TXN1 GND RSAT A_RXP1 RSAT A_RXN1 GND SA T A2 GND RSAT A_TXP2 RSAT A_TXN2 GND RSAT A_RXP2 RSAT A_RXN2 GND SA T A3 GND RSAT A_TXP3 RSAT A_TXN3 GND RSAT A_RXP3 RSAT A_RXN3 GND SA T A4 GND RSAT A_TXP4 RSAT A_TXN4 GND RSAT A_RXP4 RSAT A_RXN4 GND SA T A5 GND RSAT A_TXP5 RSAT A_TXN5 GND RSAT A_RXP5 RSAT A_RXN5 GND SA T A6 GND RSAT A_TXP6 RSAT A_TXN6 GND RSAT A_RXP6 RSAT A_RXN6 GND
2-28 Chapter 2: Hardware information Connect the right-angle side of SA T A signal cable to the SA T A device, or connect the right-angle side of the SA T A cable to the onboard SA T A port to avoid mechanical conîÂÂict with huge graphics cards. Right-angle side 4. USB connectors (10-1 pin USB56, USB78, USB910) These connectors are for USB 2.0 ports. Connect the USB module cable to any of these connectors, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. These USB connectors comply with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. Never connect a 1394 cable to the USB connectors. Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can connect the USB cable to ASUS Q-Connector (USB, blue) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (USB) to the USB connector onboard. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus USB 2.0 connectors USB56 NC GND USB_P6 USB_P6- USB 5V GND USB_P5 USB_P5- USB 5V 1 USB78 NC GND USB_P8 USB_P8- USB 5V GND USB_P7 USB_P7- USB 5V 1 USB910 1 NC GND USB_P6 USB_P6- USB 5V GND USB_P5 USB_P5- USB 5V
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-29 5. IEE E 1394 a port connector (10-1 pin IE1394_2) This connector is for a IEEE 1394a port. Connect the IEEE 1394a module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. Never connect a USB cable to the IEEE 1394a connector . Doing so will damage the motherboard! Y ou can connect the 1394 cable to ASUS Q-Connector (1394, red) îÂÂrst, and then install the Q-Connector (1394) to the 1394 connector onboard. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus IEEE 1394 connector IE1394_2 PIN1 GND 12V TPB2- GND TP A2- 12V TPB2 GND TP A2
2-30 Chapter 2: Hardware information 6. CPU, chassis, power , and optional fan connectors (4-pin CPU_F AN, 3-pin CHA_F AN1, 3-pin PWR_F AN, 3-pin OPT_F AN1~5) The fan c onnect ors su pport co oling fans o f 1A~2.2A (26.4 W max.) at 12V . Connect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector . DO NOT forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. InsufîÂÂcient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard components. These are not jumpers! DO NOT place jumper caps on the fan connectors! ⢠Only the CHA_F AN1 and OPT_F AN 1~3 connectors support the ASUS Q-F AN 2 feature. ⢠If you install two VGA cards, we recommend that you plug the rear chassis fan cable to the motherboard connector labeled OPT_F AN1 or OPT_F AN2 for better themal environment. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Fan connectors CPU_F AN CHA_F AN1 CPU_FAN PWR_FAN GND CPU F AN PWR CPU F AN IN CPU F AN PWM GND Rotation 12V OPT_FAN4 OPT_FAN5 PWR_F AN GND Rotation 12V CHA_FAN1 OPT_FAN2 OPT_FAN1 OPT_FAN3 OPT_F AN3 GND Rotation 12V OPT_F AN2 GND Rotation 12V OPT_F AN1 GND Rotation 12V OPT_F AN4 GND Rotation 12V OPT_F AN5 GND Rotation 12V
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-31 8. AT X p owe r c on ne cto rs (24-pin EA TXPWR, 2 x 4-pin A TX12V) These connectors are for A TX power supply plugs. The power supply plugs are designed to îÂÂt these connectors in only one orientation. Find the proper orientation and push down îÂÂrmly until the connectors completely îÂÂt. 7. Chassis intrusion connector (4-1 pin CHASSIS) This connector is for a chassis-mounted intrusion detection sensor or switch. Connect one end of the chassis intrusion sensor or switch cable to this connector . The chassis intrusion sensor or switch sends a high-level signal to this connector when a chassis component is removed or replaced. The signal is then generated as a chassis intrusion event. By default , the pin labeled âÂÂChassis Signalâ and â Groundâ are shorted with a jumper cap. Remove the jumper caps only when you intend to use the chassis intrusion detection feature. ⢠Make sure to remove the cap on the A TX12V connector before connecting an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug. ⢠Use only either a 4-pin A TX12V or an 8-pin EPS 12V power plug for the A TX12V connector . P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus Chassis intrusion connector CHASSIS 5VSB_MB Chassis Signal GND (Default) P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus A TX power connectors EA TXPWR A TX12V 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts Ground GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC GND 12V DC
2-32 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠The A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0-compliant (500 W) PSU has been tested to support the motherboard power requirement with the following conîÂÂguration: Normal Loading CPU PSC 3.73G 1066 DDR800 1GB*2 VGA Nvidia 7800GTX*2 SA T A-HD SA TA*4 ESA T A-HD 1 IDE-HD 1 CD-ROM 1 USB 2 PCI 1 ⢠If you want to use two EN7950GX2 graphics cards, visit the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com) for the qualiîÂÂed PSU vendor list. ⢠For a fully conîÂÂgured system, we recommend that you use a power supply unit (PSU) that complies with A TX 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0 (or later version) and provides a minimum power of 550 W . ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4-pin/8pin EA TX12V power plug; otherwise, the system will not boot. ⢠Use of a PSU with a higher power output is recommended when conîÂÂguring a system with more power-consuming devices. The system may become unstable or may not boot up if the power is inadequate. ⢠If you want to use two high-end PCI Express x16 cards, use a PSU with 500 W to 600 W power or above to ensure the system stability .
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-33 9. S/PDIF output co nne cto r (4-1 pin SPDIF_O2) This connector is for an additional Sony/Philips Digital Interface (S/PDIF) port(s). Connect the S/PDIF Out module cable to this connector , then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The S/PDIF module is purchased separately . P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus SPDIF OUT connector 5V SPDIFOUT GND SPDIF_O2
2-34 Chapter 2: Hardware information ⢠System power LED (2-pin PLED) This 2-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chassis power LED cable to this connector . The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power , and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector . The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker . The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠A TX power button/soft-off button (2-pin PWR) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF . ⢠Reset button (2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for system reboot without turning off the system power . 10. System panel connector (20-8 pin P ANEL) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. P5N32-E SLI Plus î P5N32-E SLI Plus System panel connector * Requires an A TX power supply . P ANEL PLED- PWR 5V Speaker Ground RESET Ground Reset Ground Ground PWR PLED IDE_LED- IDE_LED IDE_LED PLED SPEAKER
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 2-35 ASUS Q-Connector (system panel) Y ou can use the ASUS Q-Connector to connect/disconnect chassis front panel cables in a few steps. Refer to the instructions below to install the ASUS Q- Connector . 1. Connect the front panel cables to the ASUS Q-Connector . Refer to the labels on the Q-Connector to know the detailed pin deîÂÂnitions, then match them to the respective front panel cable labels. 2. Install the ASUS Q-Connector to the system panel connector , making sure the orientation matches the labels on the motherboard. 3. The front panel functions are now enabled. The îÂÂgure shows the Q-Connector properly installed on the motherboard.
2-36 Chapter 2: Hardware information
3 Powering up This chapter describes the power up sequence, the vocal POST messages, and ways of shutting down the system.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 3 3.1 Starting up for the îÂÂrst time ........................................................ 3-1 3.2 T urning off the computer ............................................................. 3-2
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus P5N32-E SLI Plus 3-1 3.1 Starting up for the î¿rst time 1. After making all the connections, replace the system case cover . 2. Be sure that all switches are off. 3. Connect the power cord to the power connector at the back of the system chassis. 4. Connect the power cord to a power outlet that is equipped with a surge protector . 5. T urn on the devices in the following order: a. Monitor b. External SCSI devices (starting with the last device on the chain) c. System power 6. After applying power , the system power LED on the system front panel case lights up. For systems withA TX power supplies, the system LED lights up when you press the A TX power button. If your monitor complies with âÂÂgreenâ standards or if it has a âÂÂpower standbyâ feature, the monitor LED may light up or switch between orange and green after the system LED turns on. The system then runs the power-on self tests or POST . While the tests are running, the BIOS beeps (see BIOS beep codes table below) or additional messages appear on the screen. If you do not see anything within 30 seconds from the time you turned on the power , the system may have failed a power-on test. Check the jumper settings and connections or call your retailer for assistance. 7. At power on, hold down the <Delete> key to enter the BIOS Setup. Follow the instructions in Chapter 4.
3-2 Chapter 3: Powering up 3.2 Turning off the computer 3.2.1 Using the OS shut down function If you are using Windows î 2000: 1. Click the Start button then click Shut Down... 2. Make sure that the Shut Down option button is selected, then click the OK button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. If you are using Windows î XP or later version: 1. Click the Start button then select T urn Off Computer . 2. Click the T urn Off button to shut down the computer . 3. The power supply should turn off after Windows î shuts down. 3.2.2 Using the dual function power switch While the system is ON, pressing the power switch for less than four seconds puts the system to sleep mode or to soft-off mode, depending on the BIOS setting. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds lets the system enter the soft-off mode regardless of the BIOS setting. Refer to section âÂÂ4.6 Power Menuâ in Chapter 4 for details.
4 BIOS setup This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed descriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided.
Chapter summary 4 ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................ 4-1 4.2 BIOS setup program .................................................................... 4-9 4.3 Main menu .................................................................................. 4-13 4.4 Extreme T weaker menu ............................................................. 4-18 4.5 Advanced menu ......................................................................... 4-25 4.6 Power menu ................................................................................ 4-30 4.7 Boot menu .................................................................................. 4-36 4.8 T ools menu ................................................................................. 4-41 4.9 Exit menu .................................................................................... 4-45
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-1 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) 2. ASUS EZ Flash 2 (Updates the BIOS in DOS using a îÂÂoppy disk or a USB îÂÂash disk.) 3. Award BIOS Flash Utility (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or Award BIOS Flash utilities. Installing ASUS Update T o install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support DVD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. See page 5-3 for the Utilities screen menu. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.1 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support DVD that comes with the motherboard package. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Quit all Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility . 3. Select the ASUS FTP site nearest you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet T o update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-3 Updating the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle T o update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by clicking Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate . The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to download. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window , then click Open. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.2 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk 1. Do either one of the following to create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. DOS environment a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/ S then press <Enter>. Windows î XP environment a. Insert a 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. b. Click Start from the Windows î desktop, then select My Computer. c. Select the 3 1/2 Floppy Drive icon. d. Click File from the menu, then select Format. A Format 3 1/2 Floppy Disk window appears. e. Select Create an MS-DOS startup disk from the format options îÂÂeld, then click Start. Windows î 2000 environment T o create a set of boot disks for Windows î 2000: a. Insert a formatted, high density 1.44 MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. Insert the Windows î 2000 CD to the optical drive. c. Click Start, then select Run. d. From the Open îÂÂeld, type D:\bootdisk\makeboot a: assuming that D: is your optical drive. e. Press <Enter>, then follow screen instructions to continue. 2. Copy the original or the latest motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-5 T o update the BIOS using EZ Flash 2: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www .asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. 2. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a îÂÂoppy disk, then restart the system. 3. Y ou can launch the EZ Flash 2 by two methods. (1) Insert the îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk that contains the BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive or the USB port. 4.1.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 utility The ASUS EZ Flash 2 feature allows you to update the BIOS without having to go through the long process of booting from a îÂÂoppy disk and using a DOS-based utility . The EZ Flash utility is built-in the BIOS chip so it is accessible by pressing <Alt> <F2> during the Power-On Self T ests (POST). ⢠This function can support devices such as USB îÂÂash disk, hard disk, or îÂÂoppy disk with F A T32/16/12 format only . ⢠DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent system boot failure! ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B312 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: P5N32-E SLI Plus VER: 0116 DATE: 10/30/2006 BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: C:\ [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]Exit [Tab]Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move WIN98E <DIR> NETTERM <DIR> DRIVERS <DIR> RECYCLED <DIR> WUTEMP <DIR> NEWFOL~1 <DIR> INSTALL <DIR> TEST-REB <DIR> MSDOWNLD.TMP <DIR> Note (2) Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the T ools menu to select EZ Flash 2 and press <Enter> to enable it. Y ou can switch between drives by pressing <T ab> before the correct îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter>. 4. When the correct BIOS îÂÂle is found, EZ Flash 2 performs the BIOS update process and automatically reboots the system when down. Press <Alt> <F2> during POST to display the following. FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC WIN98E <DIR> C
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.4 Updating the BIOS The Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) can be updated using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility . Follow these instructions to update the BIOS using this utility . 1. Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS web site. Rename the îÂÂle to P5N32-EP .BIN and save it to a îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk in F A T 16/12 format. Save only the updated BIOS îÂÂle in the disk to avoid loading the wrong BIOS îÂÂle. 2. Copy the AwardBIOS Flash Utility (awdîÂÂash.exe) from the Software folder of the support DVD to the îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk with the latest BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode using the bootable îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk you created earlier . 4. Under the DOS mode, use <X:> (X stands for the name of the disk assignment) to switch to the folder of îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or USB îÂÂash disk you saved the BIOS îÂÂleand AwardBIOS Flash Utility . 5. At the prompt, type awdîÂÂash then press <Enter>. The Award BIOS Flash Utility screen appears. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please input File Name! For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program:
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-7 7. Press <N> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 8. The utility veriîÂÂes the BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk and starts îÂÂashing the BIOS îÂÂle. Do not turn off or reset the system during the îÂÂashing process! AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Warning: DonâÂÂt Turn Off Power Or Reset System! 9. The utility displays a Flashing Complete message indicating that you have successfully îÂÂashed the BIOS îÂÂle. Remove the disk then press <F1> to restart the system. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved F1 Reset For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: P5N32-EP.bin Flashing Complete Press <F1> to Continue Write OK No Update Write Fail For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: P5N32-EP.bin Programming Flash Memory - OFE00 OK Write OK No Update Write Fail AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: P5N32-EP.bin Message: Do You Want To Save Bios (Y/N) 6. T ype the BIOS îÂÂle name in the File Name to Program îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>.
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4. The utility saves the current BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk, then returns to the BIOS îÂÂashing process. 3. T ype a îÂÂlename for the current BIOS îÂÂle in the Save current BIOS as îÂÂeld, then press <Enter>. T o save the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AwardBIOS Flash Utility: 1. Follow steps 1 to 6 of the previous section. 2. Press <Y> when the utility prompts you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. The following screen appears. 4.1.5 Saving the current BIOS îÂÂle Y ou can use the AwardBIOS Flash Utility to save the current BIOS îÂÂle. Y ou can load the current BIOS îÂÂle when the BIOS îÂÂle gets corrupted during the îÂÂashing process. AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0112.bin Save current BIOS as: AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0112.bin Checksum: 810DH Save current BIOS as: 0113.bin AwardBIOS Flash Utility for ASUS V1.14 (C) Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All Rights Reserved Message: Please Wait! For NV Dual x16 SLI-P5N32-EP DATE:03/30/2006 Flash Type - PMC Pm49FL004T LPC/FWH File Name to Program: 0113.bin Now Backup System BIOS to File! Make sure that the îÂÂoppy disk, CD ROM or a USB îÂÂash disk has enough disk space to save the îÂÂle.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-9 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, reconîÂÂguring your system, or prompted toâÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility . Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility . When you start up the computer , the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST , restart the system by pressing <Ctrl Alt Delete>, or by pressing the reset button on the system chassis. Y ou can also restart by turning the system off and then back on. Do this last option only if the îÂÂrst two failed. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability . Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ4.9 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. Legend bar General help Menu bar Sub-menu items ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Sat, Jan 21 2006 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA2 [None] SATA3 [None] SATA4 [None] SATA5 [None] SATA6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Extreme T weaker For changing the overclocking settings Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the advanced power management (APM) conîÂÂguration Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration T ools For conîÂÂguring options for special functions Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings T o select an item on the menu bar , press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. ⢠The BIOS setup screens shown in this chapter are for reference purposes only , and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS information.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-1 1 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power , Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the item has a sub-menu. T o display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is user-conîÂÂgurable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. Y ou cannot select an item that is not user-conîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when selected. T o change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ4.2.7 Pop-up window .â 4.2.3 Legend bar At the bottom of the Setup screen is a legend bar . The keys in the legend bar allow you to navigate through the various setup menus. The following table lists the keys found in the legend bar with their corresponding functions. Navigation Key Function <F1> Displays the General Help screen <F5> Loads setup default values <Esc> Exits the BIOS setup or returns to the main menu from a subâÂÂmenu Left or Right arrow Selects the menu item to the left or right Up or Down arrow Moves the highlight up or down between îÂÂelds Page Down or â (minus) Scrolls backward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld Page Up or (plus) Scrolls forward through the values for the highlighted îÂÂeld <Enter> Brings up a selection menu for the highlighted îÂÂeld <F10> Saves changes and exit
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Speciî¿es the capacity and physical size of diskette drive A. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Thu, Apr 6 2006 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA1 [None] [None] SATA2 [None] SATA2 [None] [None] SATA3 [None] SATA3 [None] [None] SATA4 [None] SATA4 [None] [None] SATA5 [None] SATA5 [None] [None] SATA6 [None] SATA6 [None] [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 512MB 4.2.8 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Pop-up menu Legacy Diskette A: Disabled ..... [ ] 720K , 3.5 in. ..... [ ] 1.44M, 3.5 in. ..... [ ] âÂÂâ :Move ENTER:Accept ESC:Abort
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-13 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Change the day, month, year and century. System Time 15 : 30 : 36 System Date Sat, Jan 21 2006 Language [English] Legacy Diskette A: [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Primary IDE Master [ST321122A] Primary IDE Slave [ASUS CDS520/A] SATA1 [None] SATA1 [None] [None] SATA2 [None] SATA2 [None] [None] SATA3 [None] SATA3 [None] [None] SATA4 [None] SATA4 [None] [None] SATA5 [None] SATA5 [None] [None] SATA6 [None] SATA6 [None] 6 [None] HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Installed Memory 512MB Usable Memory 511MB 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. Refer to section âÂÂ4.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Language [English] Allows you to choose the BIOS language version from the options. ConîÂÂguration options: [English] [French] [Deutsch] [Chinese (T rad.)] [Chinese (Simp.)] [Japanese] 4.3.4 Legacy Diskette A [1.44M, 3.5 in.] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.]
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.5 Primary IDE Master/Slave While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Sector and T ransfer Mode). These values are not user-conîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. PIO Mode [Auto] Sets the PIO mode for the IDE device. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Mode 0] [Mode 1] [Mode 2] [Mode 3] [Mode 4] UDMA Mode [Auto] Disables or sets the UDMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disable] [Auto] Primary IDE Master/Slave [Auto] Select [Auto] to automatically detect an IDE hard disk drive. If automatic detection is successful, the BIOS automatically îÂÂlls in the correct values for the remaining îÂÂelds on this sub-menu. If the hard disk was already formatted on a previous system, the setup BIOS may detect incorrect parameters. Select [Manual] to manually enter the IDE hard disk drive parameters. If no drive is installed select [None]. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] [Manual] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set a PIO mode for IDE device. Mode0 through 4 for successive increase in performance. Primary IDE Master PIO Mode [Auto] UDMA Mode [Auto] Primary IDE Master [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 82 GB Cylinder 39420 Head 16 Sector 255 Transfer Mode UDMA 5
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-15 Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. T ransfer Mode Shows the T ransfer mode. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Access Mode [Auto] The default [Auto] allows automatic detection of an IDE hard disk drive. Select [CHS] for this item if you set the IDE Primary Master/Slave to [Manual]. ConîÂÂguration options: [CHS] [LBA] [Large] [Auto] Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active.
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.6 S A T A 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 While entering Setup, the BIOS automatically detects the presence of Serial A T A devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each SA T A device. Select a device item then press <Enter> to display the SA T A device information. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Capacity , Cylinder , Head, Landing Zone and Sector). These values are not user- conîÂÂgurable. These items show 0 if no SA T A device is installed in the system. Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Selects the type of îÂÂxed disk connected to the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Sets the sector addressing mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Large] [Auto] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Selects the type of î¿xed disk connected to the system. SATA1 Extended IDE Drive [Auto] Access Mode [Auto] Capacity 0 MB Cylinder 0 Head 0 Landing Zone 0 Sector 0 Before attempting to conîÂÂgure a hard disk drive, make sure you have the correct conîÂÂguration information supplied by the drive manufacturer . Incorrect settings may cause the system to fail to recognize the installed hard disk. Capacity Displays the auto-detected hard disk capacity . This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Cylinder Shows the number of the hard disk cylinders. This item is not conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-17 Head Shows the number of the hard disk read/write heads. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Landing Zone Shows the number of landing zone per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. Sector Shows the number of sectors per track. This item is not conîÂÂgurable. After entering the IDE hard disk drive information into BIOS, use a disk utility , such as FDISK, to partition and format new IDE hard disk drives. This is necessary so that you can write or read data from the hard disk. Make sure to set the partition of the Primary IDE hard disk drives to active. 4.3.7 HDD SMART Monitoring [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the HDD Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting T echnology (SMART) feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.3.8 Installed Memory [xxx MB] Shows the size of installed memory . 4.3.9 Usable Memory [XXX MB] Shows the size of usable memory .
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.4 Extreme Tweaker menu The Extreme menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure overclocking-related items. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select overclock proî¿le . AI Tuning [Auto] x Overclock Options Disabled x N.O.S. Option x System Clocks x FSB & Memory Conî¿g Overclocking Over Voltage NVIDIA GPU EX [Disabled] x SLI-Ready Memory Not Detected F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit 4.4.1 AI T uning [Auto] Allows selection of CPU overclocking options to achieve desired CPU internal frequency . Selct either one of the preset overclocking conîÂÂguration options: Manual Allows you to individually set overclocking parameters. Auto Loads the optimal settings for the system. Standard Loads the standard settings for the system. AI Overclock Loads overclocking proîÂÂles with optimal parameters for stability when overclocking. AI N.O.S. The ASUS Non-delay Overclocking System feature intelligently determines the system load and automatically boosts the performance for the most demanding tasks. The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ AI Overclock] Overclock Options [Disabled] Allows you to set the overclocking options. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 10%] [Overclock 15%] [Overclock 20%] [FSB 960/800] [FSB 1280/800] [FSB 1000/667] [FSB 1333/667] [FSB 1200/800] T ake caution when changing the settings of the Extreme menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-19 The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set AI T uning to [ Manual]. System Clocks This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set C55 PCIE Overclock System Clocks PCIEX16_1 Frequency (MHz) [100] PCIEX16_2 Frequency (MHz) [100] PCIEX16_3 Frequency (MHz) [100] SPP <-> MCP Ref Clock, MHz [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker PCIEX16_1 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_1 overclocking frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] PCIEX16_2 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_2 overclocking frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] PCIEX16_3 Frequency (MHz) [100] Allows you to set the PCIEX16_3 overclocking frequency . ConîÂÂguration options: [100 MHz]~[200 MHz] SPP <-> MCP Ref Clock, MHz [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [200.0 MHz] [200.5 MHz] [201.0 MHz] [201.5 MHz] ~[500.0 MHz]
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup FSB - Memory Ratio [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1:1] [5:4] [3:2] [Sync Mode] FSB (QDR), MHz [800] ConîÂÂguration options: [533 MHz]~[3000 MHz] N.O.S Option [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Overclock 3%] [Overclock 5%] [Overclock 8%] [Overclock 10%] F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help System clock mode [Optimal] Set FSB and memory speed automatically. [Linked] Enter FSB Speed manually. Memory Speed changes proportionally. FSB - Memory Clock Mode [Linked] FSB - Memory Ratio [Auto] FSB (QDR), MHz [800] Actual FSB (QDR), MHz 800.0 x MEM (DDR), MHz Linked Actual MEM (DDR), MHz 667 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker FSB & Memory Conî¿g FSB & Memory ConîÂÂg This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. FSB - Memory Clock Mode [Auto] Allows you to set the system clock mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Linked] [Unlinked] The following items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you set the FSB-Memory Clock Mode item to [Linked].
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-21 4.4.2 Overclocking This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system frequency-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Overclocking CPU Type Genuine Intel (R) CPU CPU Speed 2.80GHz Cache RAM 1024K x2 CPU Multiplier [17] Memory Timing Setting Spread Spectrum Control Intel SpeedStep [Disabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] X TM2 Bus Ratio 12 X X TM2 Bus VID 1.2000V Limit CPUID MaxVal [Disabled] EnhancedC1 (C1E) [Disabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] Enhanced Intel SpeedStep(tm) Tech. [Disabled] Hyper-Threading Technology [Enabled] LDT Frequency [5x] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Memory Timing Setting Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Memory Timing Setting tCL (CAS Latency) [Auto] tRCD [Auto] tRAS [Auto] Command Per Clock (CMD) [Auto] ** Advanced Memory Settings ** tRRD [Auto] tRC [Auto] tWR [Auto] tWTR [Auto] tREF [Auto] Async Latency [Auto] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker tCL (CAS Latency) [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] tRCD [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRP [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tRAS [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[31] CPU Multiplier [17] ConîÂÂguration options: [6]~[50]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup MCP PCIE Spread Spectrum [Down Spread] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Down Spread] SA T A Spread Spectrum [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] LDT Spread Spectrum [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Center] [Down] Command Per Clock (CMD) [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1 clock] [2 clock] tRRD [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tRC [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[31] tWR [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] tWTR [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7]...[15] tREF [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1] [2] Async Latency [Auto] Configuration options: [Auto] [1.00nS] [1.25nS] [1.50nS] [1.75nS] [2.00nS] [2.25nS] [2.50nS] Spread Spectrum Control Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Spread Spectrum Control CPU Spread Spectrum [Disabled] PCIE Spread Spectrum [Down Spread] MCP PCIE Spread Spectrum [Down Spread] SATA Spread Spectrum [Disabled] LDT Spread Spectrum [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker CPU Spread Spectrum [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Center Spread] [UP Spread] PCIE Spread Spectrum [Down Spread] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Down Spread]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-23 Intel SpeedStep [Disabled] This item is user-conîÂÂgurable only when you set [AI T uning] to [Standard], [Auto], or [AI N.O.S.]. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Limit CPUID MaxV al [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Enhanced C1 (CIE) [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disable Bit [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.4.3 Over V oltage This sub-menu allows you to adjust the system voltage-related items. Select an item, then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Set CPU VID to desired voltage, but it will cause other CPU power management feature such as C1E, EIST, and TM2) fail to control CPU VID. Select [Auto] to let CPU VID keep original value. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Extreme Tweaker Over Voltage VCore Voltage [Auto] Memory Voltage [Auto] 1.2V HT Voltage [Auto] NB Core Voltage [Auto] SB Core Voltage [Auto] CPU VTT Voltage [Auto] DDR2 Controller Ref Voltage [Auto] DDR2 Channel A Ref Voltage [Auto] DDR2 Channel B Ref Voltage [Auto] Virtualization T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Enhanced Intel SpeedStep(tm) T ech. [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Hyper-Threading T echnology [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] LDT Frequency [5x] ConîÂÂguration options: [1x] [2x] [3x] [4x] [5x] VCore V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.90000V] [1.89375V] [1.88750V] [1.88125V] [1.87500V]...[0.83750V] [0.83125V] Memory V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.850V] [1.875V] [1.900V]...[3.400V] [3.425V]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup DDR2 Channel A Ref V oltage / DDR2 Channel B Ref V oltage [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR2 Controller/ChannelA/B Ref voltage. ConîÂÂguration options: ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR2_V ol/2] [DDR2_ ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR2_V ol/2] [DDR2_ V ol/2-30mv] [DDR2_V ol/2-20mv] [DDR2_V ol/2-10mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 10mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 20mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 30mv] 4.4.4 NVIDIA GPU Ex [Disabled] Enables or disables with the optimized NVIDIA Ex graphics driver . ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] 1.2V HT V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V]...[1.90V] [1.95V] NB Core V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V]...[2.70V] [2.75V] SB Core V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.50V] [1.55V] [1.60V] [1.65V] [1.70V] [1.75V] [1.80V] [1.85V] CPU VTT V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [1.20V] [1.25V] [1.30V] [1.35V]...[1.50V] [1.55V] DDRII Controller Ref V oltage [Auto] ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [DDR2_V ol/2] [DDR2_V ol/2-30mv] [DDR2_ V ol/2-20mv] [DDR2_V ol/2-10mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 10mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 20mv] [DDR2_V ol/2 30mv] 4.4.5 SLI-Ready Memory [Disabled] Allows you to select the SPD proîÂÂle for SLI-Ready memory modules. The conîÂÂguration options may vary depending on the type of module you installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Optimal] [High Performance] [High Frequency] The following item becomes user-conîÂÂgurable when SLI-Ready Memory is set to [Enabled]. 4.4.6 SLI-Ready Memory CPUOC [CPUOC 0%] ConîÂÂguration options: [CPUOC 0%] [CPUOC 1%]~[CPUOC 14%] [CPUOC MAX]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-25 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN2 Cable [Disabled] Enables or disables checking of the LAN/LAN2 cable during the Power-On Self-T est (POST). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.5.1 AI NET2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or Disable LAN cable check during POST. AI NET2 POST Check LAN Cable [Disabled] POST Check LAN2 Cable [Disabled] Pair Status Length LAN1(1-2) Open N/A LAN1(3-6) Open N/A LAN1(4-5) Open N/A LAN1(7-8) Open N/A LAN2(1-2) Open N/A LAN2(3-6) Open N/A LAN2(4-5) Open N/A LAN2(7-8) Open N/A Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for system devices. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set. AI NET2 PCIPnP Onboard Device Conî¿guration USB Conî¿guration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit T ake caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction.
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Yes if you are using a Plug and Play capable operating system. Select No if you need the BIOS to conî¿gure non-boot devices. PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] Primary Display Adapter [PCI] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5.2 PCIPnP Plug & Play O/S [No] When set to [No], the BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Y es] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Y es] Primary Display Adapter [PCI] Allows you to select the graphics controller to use as the primary boot device. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI] [PCI-E]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-27 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Onboard Device Conî¿guration IDE Function Setup Serial-ATA Conî¿guration HD Audio [Auto] HD Audio [Auto] Front Panel Support Type [AC97] Onboard 1st nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard 2nd nVidia LAN [Enabled] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced 4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration IDE Function Setup This sub-menu contains IDE function-related items. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced IDE Function Setup OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] OnChip IDE Channel0 [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip IDE channel 0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE DMA transfer access [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE DMA transfer access. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IDE Prefetch Mode [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the IDE PIO read prefetch mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Serial-A T A ConîÂÂguration This sub-menu allows you to change Serial A T A settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to edit. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced Serial-ATA Conî¿guration Serial-ATA Controller [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] x SATA1 RAID Disabled x SATA2 RAID Disabled x SATA3 RAID Disabled x SATA4 RAID Disabled x SATA5 RAID Disabled x SATA6 RAID Disabled Serial-A T A Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard Serial A T A controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] RAID Enabled [Disabled] Enables or disables the onboard RAID controller . When set to [Enabled], the succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] SA T A1/2/3/4/5/6 [Disabled] Enables or disables the RAID function of the îÂÂrst to sixth SA T A master drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] HD Audio [Auto] Allows you to disable or set the High-DeîÂÂnition audio function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Front Panel Support T ype [HD Audio] Allows you to set the front panel audio connector (AAFP) mode to legacy AC`97 or high-deîÂÂnition audio depending on the audio standard that the front panel audio module supports. ConîÂÂguration options: [AC97] [HD Audio] Onboard 1st/2nd Nvidia LAN [Enabled] Enables or disables the onboard NVIDIA î LAN controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] OnBoard LAN Boot ROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onboard LAN boot ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-29 Onboard 1394 [Enabled] Allows you to disable or enable the onboard 1394 device support. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB ConîÂÂguration The items in this menu allows you to change the USB-related features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Enable or disable the USB 1.1 and 2.0 Controller. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Advanced USB Conî¿guration USB Controller [Enabled] USB2.0 Controller [Enabled] USB Legacy support [Enabled] USB Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the onchip USB controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] USB Legacy Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for USB devices on legacy operating systems (OS). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6 Power menu The Power menu items allow you to change the settings for the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) and the Advanced Power Management (APM). Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4.6.1 ACPI Suspend T ype [S1&S3] Allows you to select the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) state to be used for system suspend. ConîÂÂguration options: [S1 (POS)] [S3(STR)] [S1&S3] 4.6.2 ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power Interface (ACPI) support in the Application-SpeciîÂÂc Integrated Circuit (ASIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select overclock proî¿le . ACPI Suspend Type [S1&S3] ACPI APIC support Enabled APM Conî¿guration Hardware Monitor F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-31 4.6.3 APM ConîÂÂguration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power-Off] [Power-On] [Last State] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI devices & NV Onboard LAN. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By External Modem [Disabled] This allows either settings of [Enabled] or [Disabled] for powering up the computer when the external modem receives a call while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The computer cannot receive or transmit data until the computer and applications are fully running. Thus, connection cannot be made on the îÂÂrst try . T urning an external modem off and then back on while the computer is of f causes an initialization string that turns the system power on. USB Resume from S5 [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the support of USB keyboard or mouse resumption from S5. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select whether or not to restart the system after AC power loss APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Power On By External Modems [Disabled] USB Resume from S5 [Disabled] Power On by RTC Alarm [Disabled] x Date (of Month) Alarm 0 x Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 : 0 HPET Support [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Alarm Time (hh:mm) [ X: X: X] T o set the time of alarm: 1. Highlight this item and press <Enter> to display a pop-up menu for the hour îÂÂeld. 2. Key-in a value (Min=0, Max=23), then press <Enter>. 3. Press <T AB> to move to the minutes îÂÂeld then press <Enter>. 4. Key-in a minute value (Min=0, Max=59), then press <Enter>. HPET Support [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power Up By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to disable the Power On by PS/2 keyboard function or set speciîÂÂc keys on the PS/2 keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an A TX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key] [Disabled] [Space Bar] [Ctrl-ESC] [Power Key] Restore on AC Power Loss [Power-Off] Allows you to enable or disable the Restore on AC Power Loss function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power-Off] [Power-On] PWR Button < 4 secs [Instant-Off] Allows you to set the event after the power button is pressed for more than 4 seconds. ConîÂÂguration options: [Suspend] [Instant-Off] Power Up On PCI/PCIE Devices [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PME to wake up from S5 by PCI devices & NV Onboard LAN. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-33 V oltage Monitor Vcore / 3.3V / 5V / 12V V oltage 1.2V HT / 1.5V V oltage VTT CPU / DDR2 T ermination /DDR2 V oltage 1.4V / DDR2 V oltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage output through the onboard voltage regulators. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to set. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Voltage Monitor Vcore Voltage [ 1.32V] Memory Voltage [ 1.84V] 1.2V HT Voltage [ 1.23V] NB Voltage [ 1.20V] SB Voltage [ 1.50V] CPU VTT Voltage [ 1.34V] DDR2 Termination Voltage [ 0.92V] 3.3V Voltage [ 2.94V] 5V Voltage [ 4.81V] 12V Voltage [ 11.07V] 4.6.4 Hardware Monitor The items in this sub-menu displays the hardware monitor values automatically detected by the BIOS. It also allows you to change CPU Q-Fan feature-related parameters. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to go to the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit Hardware Monitor Voltage Monitor Temperature Monitor Fan Speed Monitor Fan Speed Control CPU Fan Speed warning [600 RPM]
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Fan Speed Monitor CPU Fan Speed 2960 RPM CHA_FAN1 Speed 0 RPM PWR FAN Speed 0 RPM Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Fan Speed Monitor CPU F AN / CHA _F AN1 Speed PWR F AN Speed The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU, Chassis, fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If any of the fans is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows 0. These items are not user-conîÂÂgurable. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Temperature Monitor CPU Temperature 57úC M/B Temperature 37úC Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power T emperature Monitor CPU, M/B T emperature The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. These items are not user-conîÂÂgurable.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-35 CHA Fan Q-Fan Sense [CPU T emperature] Allows the Q-Fan to sense CPU/MB temperature and to adjust the fan speed. When the previous items are set to Q-F AN Mode, these items become user- conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [CPU T emperature] [MB T emperature] CPU Fan Speed warning [600 RPM] Allows you to set the CPU fan warning speed function, which gives off a warning when the CPU fan speed is too low . If you set this item to [Disabled], the system will not warn you even if no fan is installed or if the fan is not functioning properly . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [600 RPM] [1200 RPM] [1600 RPM] Fan Speed Control CPU Fan Control [Duty Cycle Mode] CPU Fan Duty Cycle [100%] CHA Fan Control [Duty Cycle Mode] CHA Fan Duty Cycle [100%] x CHA Fan Q-Fan Sense CPU Temperature Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Power Fan Speed Control Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. CPU / CHA / OPT Fan1, 2, 3, Fan Control [Duty Cycle Mode] Allows you to select the fan control mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Duty Cycle Mode] [Q-F AN Mode] CPU / CHA Fan Duty Cycle [100%] Fan Duty Cycle [100%] Allows you to set the fan duty cycle. When the Fan Control item is set to Q-F AN Mode, this item is not user-conîÂÂgurable. ConîÂÂguration options: [60%] [70%] [80%] [90%] [100%]
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Fan Boost Function [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the fan boost function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] When the Fan Boost Function is enabled, the 3-pin CPU fan will run at full speed. 4.7 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority Removable Drives Hard Disk Drives CDROM Drives Boot Settings Conî¿guration Security F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit 4.7.1 Boot Device Priority Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Select Your Boot Device Priority Boot Device Priority 1st Boot Device [Removable] 2nd Boot Device [Hard Disk] 3rd Boot Device [CDROM] 4th Boot Device [Disabled] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 1st ~ 4th Boot Device [Removable] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Removable] [Hard Disk] [CDROM] [Disabled]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-37 4.7.2 Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Allows you to assign a removable drive attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Removable Drives 1. Floppy Disks Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.7.3 Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign hard disk drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Hard Disk Drives 1. 1st Master: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot 4.7.4 CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Allows you to assign optical drives attached to the system. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help CDROM Drives 1. 1st Slave: XXXXXXXXX Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to enable or disable. Boot Settings Conî¿guration Case Open Warning [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Typematic Rate Setting [Disabled] x Typematic Rate (Chars/Sec) 6 x Typematic Delay (Msec) 250 OS Select For DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Halt On [All Errors] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Case Open W arning [Enabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. Refer to section âÂÂ2.8.2 Internal connectorsâ for setting details. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the system quick boot feature. When Enabled, the system skips certain tests while booting. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Boot Up Floppy Seek [Disabled] Enables or disables the chassis open status feature. Setting to Enabled, clears the chassis open status. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] T ypematic Rate Setting [Disabled] Allows you to set the keystroke rate. Enable this item to conîÂÂgure the T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and the T ypematic Delay (Msec). ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The items T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) and T ypematic Delay (Msec) become user-conîÂÂgurable only when the item T ypematic Rate Setting is enabled.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-39 T ypematic Rate (Chars/Sec) [6] Allows you to select the rate at which a character repeats when you hold a key . ConîÂÂguration options: [6] [8] [10] [12] [15] [20] [24] [30] T ypematic Delay (Msec) [250] Allows you to set the delay before keystrokes begin to repeat. ConîÂÂguration options: [250] [500] [750] [1000] OS Select for DRAM > 64MB [Non-OS2] Set this item to OS2 only when you are running on an OS/2 operating system with an installed RAM of greater than 64 MB. ConîÂÂguration options: [Non-OS2] [OS2] Full Screen LOGO [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Make sure that the above item is set to [Enabled] if you want to use the ASUS MyLogo3⢠feature. Halt On [All Errors] Allows you to set the error report type. ConîÂÂguration options: [All Errors] [No Errors] [All, But Keyboard] [All, But Diskette] [All, But Disk/Key] 4.7.6 Security Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Security Supervisor Password Clear User Password Clear Password Check [Setup] Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Boot Supervisor Password User Password These îÂÂelds allow you to set passwords: T o set a password: 1. Select an item then press <Enter>. 2. T ype in a password using a combination of a maximum of eight (8) alpha-numeric characters, then press <Enter>.
4-40 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. When prompted, conîÂÂrm the password by typing the exact characters again, then press <Enter>. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Set. T o clear the password: 1. Select the password îÂÂeld and press <Enter> twice. The following message appears: PASSWORD DISABLED !!! Press any key to continue... 2. Press any key to continue. The password îÂÂeld setting is changed to Clear . A note about passwords The Supervisor password is required to enter the BIOS Setup program preventing unauthorized access. The User password is required to boot the system preventing unauthorized use. Forgot your password? If you forget your password, you can clear it by erasing the CMOS Real T ime Clock (RTC) RAM. The RAM data containing the password information is powered by the onboard button cell battery . If you need to erase the CMOS RAM, refer to section âÂÂ2.6 Jumperâ for instructions. Password Check This îÂÂeld requires you to enter the password before entering the BIOS setup or the system. Select [Setup] to require the password before entering the BIOS Setup. Select [System] to require the password before entering the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [System]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-41 The succeeding items become user-conîÂÂgurable when you enable the ASUS Music Alarm. 4.8 Tools menu The T ools menu items allow you to conîÂÂgure options for special functions. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help ASUS Music Alarm ASUS O.C. Proî¿le ASUS EZ Flash 2 F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select Sub-menu F10: Save and Exit Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit 4.8.1 ASUS Music Alarm Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS Music Alarm ASUS Music Alarm [Disabled] x Alarm Date: Sunday Enabled x Monday Enabled x Tuesday Enabled x Wednesday Enabled x Thursday Enabled x Friday Enabled x Saturday Enabled x Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 x Audio CD Drive Primary IDE Master x Detect CD Enter x Starting Track N/A x Repeat Track Disabled x Length 10 Mins x Volume 16 Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit ASUS Music Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Music Alarm function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Alarm Date: Sunday/Monday/T uesday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/ Saturday [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the alarm for a particular day . ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-42 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.8.2 ASUS O.C. ProîÂÂle This item allows you to store or load multiple BIOS settings. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Press [Enter] to select. ASUS BIOS Proî¿le Load BIOS Proî¿le Save BIOS Proî¿le Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Load BIOS Proî¿le from Proî¿le 1. Load BIOS Proî¿le Load from Proî¿le 1 Load from Proî¿le 2 Load from File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Load BIOS ProîÂÂle Alarm Time (hh:mm) 0 : 0 Allows you to set the alarm time. Press <T ab> to select the îÂÂeld, then use < > or <-> to change the value. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Audio CD Drive [Primary IDE Master] Allows you to select the connection conîÂÂguration of the optical storage device from which the alarm music will play from. ConîÂÂguration options: [Primary IDE Master] [Primary IDE Slave] Detect CD [Enter] Press <Enter> to search the CD track number . Starting T rack Allows you to choose the starting track from the CD from which you would like the alarm music to play . Repeat T rack [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the repeat track function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Single] [All] Length [10 Mins] Allows you to set the length of the music alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [10 Mins] [20 Mins] [30 Mins] [1 Hour] V olume [16] Allows you to set the volume level of the music alarm. ConîÂÂguration options: [01] ~ [32]
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-43 Load from ProîÂÂle 1/2 Allows you to load the previous BIOS settings saved in the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. Load from File Allows you to load the previous BIOS îÂÂle saved in the hard disk/îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk with the F A T32/16/12 format. Follow the instructions below to load the BIOS îÂÂle. 1. Insert the storage devices that contains the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle. 2. T urn on the system. 3. Enter BIOS setup program. Go to the âÂÂT oolsâ menu to select âÂÂLoad from File.â Press <Enter> then the setup screen will appear . 4. Press <T ab> to switch between drives before the correct âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle is found. Then press <Enter> to load the îÂÂle. 5. A pop-up message will inform you when the loading process îÂÂnishes. ⢠Suggest only to update the BIOS îÂÂle coming from the same memory/CPU conîÂÂguration and BIOS version. ⢠Only the âÂÂxxx.CMOâ îÂÂle can be loaded. Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help Save current BIOS Proî¿le to Proî¿le 1. Save BIOS Proî¿le Save to Proî¿le 1 Save to Proî¿le 2 Save to File Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Tools Save BIOS ProîÂÂle Save to ProîÂÂe 1/2 Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the BIOS Flash. Press <Enter> to save the îÂÂle. Save to File Allows you to save the current BIOS îÂÂle to the hard disk/îÂÂoppy disk/USB îÂÂash disk with F A T32/16/12 format. Follow the instructions below to save the BIOS îÂÂle. 1. Insert the storage devices with enough space. 2. T urn on the system. 3. Enter the BIOS setup program. Go to the âÂÂT oolsâ menu to select âÂÂSave to File.â Press <Enter> then the setup screen will appear . 4. Press <T ab> to switch between the drives. Press hot-key <S> to save the îÂÂle.
4-44 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.8.3 ASUS EZ Flash 2 Allows you to run ASUS EZ Flash 2. When you press <Enter>, a conîÂÂrmation message appears. Use the left/right arrow key to select between [Y es] or [No], then press <Enter> to conîÂÂrm your choice. ASUSTek O.C. Proî¿le Utility B318 BOARD: P5N32-E SLI Plus VER: 0116 DATE: 10/30/2006 Current CMOS Update CMOS BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: A:\ A: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC]: Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move CMOS backup is done! Press any key to Exit. The BIOS îÂÂle will be saved as âÂÂxxx.CMOâÂÂ. 5. Key in the îÂÂle name. Then press <Enter>. 6. A pop-up message will inform you when the saving process îÂÂnishes. ASUSTek EZ Flash 2 BIOS ROM Utility B318 FLASH TYPE: Winbond W39V080A 8Mb LPC BOARD: P5N32-E SLI Plus VER: 0116 DATE: 10/30/2006 Current ROM Update ROM BOARD: Unknown VER: Unknown DATE: Unknown PATH: A:\ A: Note [Enter] Select [S] Save [ESC] Exit [Tab] Switch [Up/Down/Home/End] Move
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 4-45 4.9 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Exit & Save Changes Once you are îÂÂnished making your selections, choose this option from the Exit menu to ensure the values you selected are saved to the CMOS RAM. An onboard backup battery sustains the CMOS RAM so it stays on even when the PC is turned off. When you select this option, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to save changes and exit. Pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. Select one of the options from this menu or <F10> from the legend bar to exit. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option only if you do not want to save the changes that you made to the Setup program. If you made changes to îÂÂelds other than System Date, System T ime, and Password, the BIOS asks for a conîÂÂrmation before exiting. Load Setup Default This option allows you to load the default values for each of the parameters on the Setup menus. When you select this option or if you press <F5>, a conîÂÂrmation window appears. Select YES to load default values. Select Exit & Save Changes or make other changes before saving the values to the non-volatile RAM. Discard Changes This option allows you to discard the selections you made and restore the previously saved values. After selecting this option, a conîÂÂrmation appears. Select YES to discard any changes and load the previously saved values. If you attempt to exit the Setup program without saving your changes, the program prompts you with a message asking if you want to save your changes before exiting. Press <Enter> to save the changes while exiting. Phoenix-Award BIOS CMOS Setup Utility Main Extreme Tweaker Advanced Power Boot Tools Exit Select Menu Item Speciî¿c Help This option save data to CMOS and exiting the setup menu. Exit & Save Changes Exit & Discard Changes Load Setup Default Discard Changes F1:Help âÂÂâ : Select Item -/ : Change Value F5: Setup Defaults ESC: Exit âÂÂâÂÂ: Select Menu Enter: Select SubMenu F10: Save and Exit
4-46 Chapter 4: BIOS setup
5 Software support This chapter describes the contents of the support CD that comes with the motherboard package.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 5 5.1 Installing an operating system ................................................... 5-1 5.2 Support DVD information ............................................................ 5-1 5.3 Software information ................................................................... 5-9 5.4 RAID conîÂÂgurations .................................................................. 5-26 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk ....................................................... 5-34
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-1 If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the Support DVD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP .EXE from the BIN folder . Double-click the ASSETUP .EXE to run the DVD. 5.1 Installing an operating system This motherboard supports Windows î 2000/2003 Server/XP/64-bit XP operating systems (OS). Always install the latest OS version and corresponding updates to maximize the features of your hardware. 5.2 Support DVD information The Support DVD that came with the motherboard package contains the drivers, software applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. 5.2.1 Running the Support DVD Place the Support DVD to the optical drive. The DVD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer . ⢠Motherboard settings and hardware options vary . Use the setup procedures presented in this chapter for reference only . Refer to your OS documentation for detailed information. ⢠Make sure that you install Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or the Windows î XP Service Pack2 or later versions before installing the drivers for better compatibility and system stability . The contents of the Support DVD are subject to change at any time without notice. Visit the ASUS website(www.asus.com) for updates. Click an icon to display support DVD/ motherboard information Click an item to install
5-2 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.2 Drivers menu The drivers menu shows the available device drivers if the system detects installed devices. Install the necessary drivers to activate the devices. ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Drivers Launches the ASUS InstAll driver installation wizard. Nvidia Chipset Driver Program Installs the NVIDIA î Chipset drivers for the NVIDIA î nForce⢠dual x16 SLI chipset. SoundMAX î AD1988 Audio Driver Installs the SoundMAX î AD1988 audio driver and application. USB 2.0 Driver Installs the Universal Serial Bus 2.0 (USB 2.0) driver .
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-3 5.2.3 Utilities menu The Utilities menu shows the applications and other software that the motherboard supports. ASUS InstAll - Installation Wizard for Utilities Launches the ASUS InstAll utilities installation wizard. ASUS PC Probe II This smart utility monitors the fan speed, CPU temperature, and system voltages, and alerts you of any detected problems. This utility helps you keep your computer in healthy operating condition. ASUS Update The ASUS Update utility allows you to update the motherboard BIOS in Windowsî environment. This utility requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP). ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in Windows î environment. ASUS Music Alarm The ASUS Music Alarm is an audio alarm clock that uses your favorite CD music to give you a personal wake-up call.
5-4 Chapter 5: Software support Adobe Reader V7.0 Installs the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader that allows you to open, view , and print documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Microsoft DirectX 9.0c Installs the Microsoft î DirectX 9.0c driver . The Microsoft DirectX î 9.0c is a multimedia technology that enhances computer graphics and sound. DirectX î improves the multimedia features of you computer so you can enjoy watching TV and movies, capturing videos, or playing games in your computer . Visit the Microsoft website (www .microsoft.com) for updates. Anti-Virus Utility The anti-virus application scans, identiîÂÂes, and removes computer viruses. View the online help for detailed information.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-5 5.2.4 Make Disk menu The Make Disk menu contains items to create the NVIDIAî nForce⢠dual x16 SLI SA T A RAID driver disk. Make NVIDIA 32bit XP/2000/2003 SA T A RAID Driver Make NVIDIA 64bit 2003 SA T A RAID Driver Allows you to create an NVIDIA î Serial A T A RAID driver disk for a 32-bit/64-bit system.
5-6 Chapter 5: Software support 5.2.6 ASUS Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact information. Y ou can also îÂÂnd this information on the inside front cover of this user guide. 5.2.5 Manuals menu The Manuals menu contains a list of supplementary user manuals. Click an item to open the folder of the user manual. Most user manual îÂÂles are in Portable Document Format (PDF). Install the Adobe î Acrobat î Reader from the Utilities menu before opening a user manual îÂÂle.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-7 5.2.7 Other information The icons on the top right corner of the screen give additional information on the motherboard and the contents of the Support DVD. Click an icon to display the speciîÂÂed information. Motherboard Info Displays the general speciîÂÂcations of the motherboard. Browse this DVD Displays the Support DVD contents in graphical format.
5-8 Chapter 5: Software support Filelist Displays the contents of the Support DVD and a brief description of each in text format. T echnical support form Displays the ASUS T echnical Support Request Form that you have to îÂÂll out when requesting technical support.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-9 5.3 Software information Most of the applications in the Support DVD have wizards that will conveniently guide you through the installation. View the online help or readme îÂÂle that came with the software application for more information. 5.3.1 ASUS MyLogo3⢠The ASUS MyLogo3⢠utility lets you customize the boot logo. The boot logo is the image that appears on screen during the Power-On Self-T ests (POST). The ASUS MyLogo3⢠is automatically installed when you install the ASUS Update utility from the Support DVD. See section âÂÂ5.2.3 Utilities menuâ for details. T o launch the ASUS MyLogo3â¢: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility . Refer to section âÂÂ4.1.1 ASUS Update utilityâ for details. 2. Select Options from the drop down menu, then click Next. 3. Check the option Launch MyLogo to replace system boot logo before îÂÂashing BIOS, then click Next . 4. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle from the drop down menu, then click Next. 5. When prompted, locate the new BIOS îÂÂle, then click Next . The ASUS MyLogo window appears. 6. From the left window pane, select the folder that contains the image you intend to use as your boot logo. ⢠Before using the ASUS MyLogo3â¢, use the Award BIOS Flash utility to make a copy of your original BIOS îÂÂle, or obtain the latest BIOS version from the ASUS website. See section âÂÂ4.1.4 Updating the BIOS.â â¢ Make sure that the BIOS item Full Screen Logo is set to [Enabled] if you wish to use ASUS MyLogo3. See section âÂÂ4.7.5 Boot Settings ConîÂÂgurationâÂÂ. ⢠Y ou can create your own boot logo image in GIF , or BMP îÂÂle formats. ⢠The îÂÂle size should be smaller than 150 K.
5-10 Chapter 5: Software support 9. When the screen returns to the ASUS Update utility , îÂÂash the original BIOS to load the new boot logo. 10. After îÂÂashing the BIOS, restart the computer to display the new boot logo during POST . 8. Adjust the boot image to your desired size by selecting a value on the Ratio box. 7. When the logo images appear on the right window pane, select an image to enlarge by clicking on it.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-1 1 5.3.2 SoundMAX î High DeîÂÂnition Audio utility The ADI AD1988B High DeîÂÂnition Audio CODEC provides 8-channel audio capability through the SoundMAX î audio utility with AudioESP⢠software to deliver the ultimate audio experience on your PC. The software implements high quality audio synthesis/rendering, 3D sound positioning, and advanced voice-input technologies. Follow the installation wizard to install the ADI AD1988B Audio Driver from the Support DVD that came with the motherboard package to activate the SoundMAX î audio utility . If the SoundMAX î audio utility is correctly installed, you will îÂÂnd the SoundMAX î icon on the taskbar . ⢠Y ou must use 4-channel, 6-channel or 8-channel speakers for this setup. ⢠SoundMAX î requires Microsoft î Windows î 2000/XP or later version. Make s ur e t ha t o ne o f t he s e o p er at i ng s y st e ms i s i ns ta l le d b ef o re i n st al l in g SoundMAX î . ⢠Jack Re tasking functi on works on High De îÂÂnition front panel audio ports only .
5-12 Chapter 5: Software support From the taskbar , double-click on the SoundMAX î icon to display the SoundMAX î Control Panel. Audio Setup Wizard By clicking the icon from the SoundMAX î control panel, you can easily conîÂÂgure your audio settings. Simply follow succeeding screen instructions and begin enjoying High DeîÂÂnition Audio.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-13 Jack conîÂÂguration This screen helps you conîÂÂgure your computer â s audio ports, depending on the audio devices you have installed. Adjust speaker volume This screen helps you adjust speaker volume. Click the T est button to hear the changes you have made. Adjust microphone volume This screen helps you adjust microphone volume. Y ou will be asked to read pre- written text to allow the AudioWizard to adjust the volume as you speak.
5-14 Chapter 5: Software support Audio preferences Click the icon to go to the Preferences page. This page allows you to change various audio settings. General options Click the General tab to choose your playback and recording devices, enable/ disable the AudioESP⢠feature, and enable/disable digital output. DTS This feature is consists of two elements: DTS interactive and DTS NEO:PC. DTS interactive re-encodes your stereo or multi-channel sound into a DTS audio signal and send it out from your PC to any DTS enabled system. While DTS NEO:PC turns your stereo audio such as MP3, WMA, CD, and other sound format into a convincing multi-channel audio experience.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-15 Microphone options Click the Listening Environment tab allows you to optimize your microphone input settings. Enhanced Microphone Features Noise Filtering Enables Noise Filter function. Detects repetitive and stationary noises like computer fans, air conditioners, and other background noises then eliminates it in the incoming sudio stream while recording. Y ou can enable it for a better recording quality . V oice Recording Receives only the sound coming from the reception cone and eliminates interferences including neighboring speakers and reverberations. Y ou can enable it to transit clearer sound during on-line games, MSN, or Skype. Directional Array Advanced de-reverberation techniques can help to reduce echo and minimize its effect on the speech engine. Y ou can enable it when you have conference call to reduce echoes in the other side. The directional Array and Speaker Phone function only when working with the ASUS Array Mic. The ASUS Array Mic is purchased separately .
5-16 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.3 ASUS PC Probe II PC Probe II is a utility that monitors the computer â s vital components, and detects and alerts you of any problem with these components. PC Probe II senses fan rotations, CPU temperature, and system voltages, among others. Because PC Probe II is software-based, you can start monitoring your computer the moment you turn it on. With this utility , you are assured that your computer is always at a healthy operating condition. Installing PC Probe II T o install PC Probe II on your computer: 1. Place the Support DVD to the optical drive. The Drivers installation tab appears if your computer has an enabled Autorun feature. If Autorun is not enabled in your computer , browse the contents of the Support DVD to locate the setup.exe îÂÂle from the ASUS PC Probe II folder . Double-click the setup.exe îÂÂle to start installation. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click ASUS PC Probe II. 3. Follow the screen instructions to complete installation. Launching PC Probe II Y ou can launch the PC Probe II right after installation or anytime from the Windows î desktop. T o launch the PC Probe II from the Windows î desktop, click Start > All Programs > ASUS > PC Probe II > PC Probe II v1.xx.xx . The PC Probe II main window appears. After launching the application, the PC Probe II icon appears in the Windows î taskbar . Click this icon to close or restore the application. Using PC Probe II Main window The PC Probe II main window allows you to view the current status of your system and change the utility conîÂÂguration. By default, the main window displays the Preference section. Y ou can close or restore the Preference section by clicking on the triangle on the main window right handle. Click to close the Preference panel
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-17 Button Function Opens the ConîÂÂguration window Opens the Report window Opens the Desktop Management Interface window Opens the Peripheral Component Interconnect window Opens the Windows Management Instrumentation window Opens the hard disk drive, memory , CPU usage window Shows/Hides the Preference section Minimizes the application Closes the application Sensor alert When a system sensor detects a problem, the main window right handle turns red, as the illustrations below show . When displayed, the monitor panel for that sensor also turns red. Refer to the Monitor panels section for details. Preferences Y ou can customize the application using the Preference section in the main window . Click the box before each preference to activate or deactivate.
5-18 Chapter 5: Software support Changing the monitor panels position T o change the position of the monitor panels in the desktop, click the arrow down button of the Scheme options, then select another position from the list box. Click OK when îÂÂnished. Moving the monitor panels All monitor panels move together using a magnetic effect. If you want to detach a monitor panel from the group, click the horseshoe magnet icon. Y ou can now move or reposition the panel independently . Hardware monitor panels The hardware monitor panels display the current value of a system sensor such as fan rotation, CPU temperature, and voltages. The hardware monitor panels come in two display modes: hexagonal (large) and rectangular (small). When you check the Enable Monitoring Panel option from the Preference section, the monitor panels appear on your computer â s desktop. Large display Small display Click to increase value Click to decrease value Adjusting the sensor threshold value Y ou can adjust the sensor threshold value in the monitor panel by clicking the or buttons. Y ou can also adjust the threshold values using the ConîÂÂg window . Y ou cannot adjust the sensor threshold values in a small monitoring panel.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-19 Monitoring sensor alert The monitor panel turns red when a component value exceeds or is lower than the threshold value. Refer to the illustrations below . Large display Small display WMI browser Click to display the WMI (Windows Management Instrumentation) browser . This browser displays various Windowsî management information. Click an item from the left panel to display on the right panel. Click the plus sign ( ) before WMI Information to display the available information. Y ou can enlarge or reduce the browser size by dragging the bottom right corner of the browser . DMI browser Click to display the DMI (Desktop Management Interface) browser . This browser displays various desktop and system information. Click the plus sign ( ) before DMI Information to display the available information.
5-20 Chapter 5: Software support PCI browser Click to display the PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) browser . This browser provides information on the PCI devices installed on your system. Click the plus sign ( ) before the PCI Information item to display available information. Usage The Usage browser displays real-time information on the CPU, hard disk drive space, and memory usage. Click to display the Usage browser . CPU usage The CPU tab displays real- time CPU usage in line graph representation. If the CPU has an enabled Hyper-Threading, two separate line graphs display the operation of the two logical processors. Hard disk drive space usage The Hard Disk tab displays the used and available hard disk drive space. The left panel of the tab lists all logical drives. Click a hard disk drive to display the information on the right panel. The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available HDD space.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-21 Memory usage The Memory tab shows both used and available physical memory . The pie chart at the bottom of the window represents the used (blue) and the available ConîÂÂguring PC Probe II Click to view and adjust the sensor threshold values. The ConîÂÂg window has two tabs: Sensor/Threshold and Preference. The Sensor/ Threshold tab enables you to activate the sensors or to adjust the sensor threshold values. The Preference tab allows you to customize sensor alerts, or change the temperature scale. Loads the default threshold values for each sensor Applies your changes Cancels or ignores your changes Lo ad s y ou r s av ed co nî gur at ion Saves your conîÂÂguration
5-22 Chapter 5: Software support 5.3.4 ASUS Music Alarm This motherboard is equipped with an audio alarm clock called ASUS Music Alarm. The ASUS Music Alarm gives you a personal wake-up called with your favorite CD music when the system is off. The onboard audio CODEC supports this feature, which requires an optical drive (CD-ROM, CD-RW , or DVD-ROM). ⢠Make sure that the power cord is plugged to a grounded power source so that the system has standby power . ⢠ASUS Music Alarm only supports audio CDs. ⢠ASUS Music Alarm will not work if you installed and enabled an add-on sound card. ⢠Only IDE A T API devices from the Southbridge support this feature. Hardware setup T o set up the hardware: 1. Connect the analog audio cable from the optical drive to the 4-pin CD-In connector on the audio module. 2. Connect speakers or a headphone to the Line-Out (lime-colored) port on the front or rear panel for audio output. Y ou may also connect speakers or a headphone to the output jack on the optical drive. 3. Refer to the succeeding sections to make the appropriate settings in the BIOS or in Windows î . BIOS conîÂÂguration T o enable ASUS Music Alarm in the BIOS: 1. T urn on the system. 2. During POST , press <Del> to enter BIOS setup. 3. Go to the T ools menu, then select ASUS Music Alarm . 4. Set the ASUS Music Alarm item to [Enabled]. See section âÂÂ4.8.1 ASUS Music Alarmâ for details.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-23 OS conîÂÂguration T o conîÂÂgure ASUS Music Alarm in Windows î 1. Place the Support DVD into the optical drive. 2. Click the Utilities tab and choose ASUS Music Alarm to install the utility . 3. Insert an audio CD into the optical drive. 4. Launch the ASUS Music Alarm application by going to Start > ASUS > ASUS Music Alarm . The main window appears. Alarm information section shows the alarm time and days Music section shows the drive letter of the chosen optical drive and the starting track number to use as music alarm Minimize button Exit button Options section shows playing options 5. Click the arrow ( ) next to Time for Next Alarm in the Alarm information section. The Alarm T ime Setting panel appears. Set the days and time of the alarm, or enable/disable the Music Alarm feature. When done, click OK. 6. Click the arrow ( ) next to Music in the Music section. The Music Selection panel appears. Select the optical storage device, then choose the starting CD track number from which you would like the music alarm to play . When done, click OK.
5-24 Chapter 5: Software support 7. Click the arrow ( ) next to Options in the Options section. The Options panel appears. Disable or select the Repeat mode, then specify the length of the alarm music to play . Set the desired volume. When done, click OK. 8. After you have îÂÂnished making all the required settings, turn off the system. Adjusting the volume T o adjust the volume while the music alarm is playing: ⢠Use the <Up> or <Down> arrow key to increase or decrease the volume. T urning off the music alarm T o turn off the music alarm: ⢠Press any key to stop playing the CD and turn off the system. ⢠While the music alarm is playing, the system wake-up features (LAN, keyboard, mouse, PCI/PCIE device, modem) are deactivated. ⢠If the system loses connection or if it does not detect any optical drive or audio CD, the ASUS Music Alarm is automatically disabled/turned off. ⢠While the music alarm is playing, the optical drive front panel functions are automatically disabled. ⢠The ASUS Music Alarm works only when the system is off.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-25 5.3.5 ASUS AI Booster The ASUS AI Booster application allows you to overclock the CPU speed in WIndows î environment without the hassle of booting the BIOS. After installing the program from the bundled Support DVD, you can launch the utility by double-clicking the AI Booster icon on the Windows î OS taskbar . The options on the task bar allow you to use the default settings, adjust CPU/ Memory/PCI-E frequency manually , or create and apply your personal overclocking conîÂÂgurations.
5-26 Chapter 5: Software support 5.4 RAID conî¿gurations The motherboard comes with two RAID controllers that allow you to conîÂÂgure Serial A T A hard disk drives as RAID sets. ⢠The NVIDIA î nForce⢠dual x16 SLI Southbridge includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller that supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. 5.4.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. T wo hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a complete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. RAID 0 1 is data striping and data mirroring combined without parity (redundancy data) having to be calculated and written. With the RAID 0 1 conîÂÂguration you get all the beneîÂÂts of both RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations. Use four new hard disk drives or use an existing drive and three new drives for this setup. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more hard disk drives. Among the advantages of RAID 5 conîÂÂguration include better HDD performance, fault tolerance, and higher storage capacity . The RAID 5 conîÂÂguration is best suited for transaction processing, relational database applications, enterprise resource planning, and other business systems. Use a minimum of three identical hard disk drives for this setup. JBOD (Spanning) stands for Just a Bunch of Disks and refers to hard disk drives that are not yet conîÂÂgured as a RAID set. This conîÂÂguration stores the same data redundantly on multiple disks that appear as a single disk on the operating system. Spanning does not deliver any advantage over using separate disks independently and does not provide fault tolerance or other RAID performance beneîÂÂts.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-27 If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a RAID set, îÂÂrst copy the RAID driver from the Support DVD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to a selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ5.5 Creating a RAID driver diskâ for details. Setting the BIOS RAID items After installing the hard disk drives, make sure to set the necessary RAID items in the BIOS before setting your RAID conîÂÂguration. T o set the BIOS RAID items: 1. Boot the system and press <Del> during the Power-On Self-T est (POST) to enter the BIOS Setup Utility . 2. Enable the RAID Enabled item in the BIOS. See section âÂÂ4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration > Serial-A T A ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 3. Select and enable the IDE or SA T A drive(s) that you want to conîÂÂgure as RAID. See section âÂÂ4.5.3 Onboard Device ConîÂÂguration > Serial-A T A ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. 4. Save your changes and Exit Setup. 5.4.2 NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂgurations The motherboard includes a high performance SA T A RAID controller integrated in the NVIDIA î nForce⢠dual x16 SLI southbridge chipset. It supports RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 0 1, RAID 5 and JBOD for six independent Serial A T A channels. Installing Serial A T A (SA T A) hard disks The motherboard supports Ultra DMA 133/100/66 and Serial A T A hard disk drives. For optimal performance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array . T o install the SA T A hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SA T A hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SA T A signal cables. 3. Connect a SA T A power cable to the power connector on each drive . Refer to the RAID controllers user manual in the motherboard support DVD for detailed information on RAID conîÂÂgurations. See section âÂÂ5.2.5 Manuals menu.âÂÂ
5-28 Chapter 5: Software support ⢠For detailed descriptions on the NVIDIA î RAID conîÂÂguration, refer to the âÂÂNVIDIA î RAID User Guideâ found in your motherboard Support DVD. ⢠When using Windows î 2000 operating system, make sure to install the Windows î 2000 Service Pack 4 or later version. Make sure to re-enter your NVRAID settings after the CMOS is cleared; otherwise, the system will not recognize your RAID setup. Entering the NVIDIA î RAID utility T o enter the NVIDIA î RAID utility: 1. Boot up your computer . 2. During POST , press <F10> to display the main menu of the utility . The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only , and may not exactly match the items on your screen. [F6] Back [F7] Finish [TAB] Navigate [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [ENTER] Popup At the bottom of the screen are the navigation keys. These keys allow you to move through and select menu options. NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Deî¿ne a New Array - RAID Mode: Striping Striping Block: Optimal Free Disks Array Disks Loc Disk Model Name Loc Disk Model Name 1.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Add 2.0.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 2.1.M XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX [ âÂÂ] Del
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-29 Creating a RAID V olume T o create a RAID volume: 1. From the NVIDIA î RAID utility DeîÂÂne a New Array menu, select RAID Mode then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID mode then press <Enter>. Mirroring Striping Stripe Mirroring Spanning TIP: For server systems, we recommend using a lower array block size. For multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing, we recommend a higher array block size for optimum performance. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 2. Press <T AB> select the Striping Block then press <Enter>. The following submenu appears: If you selected Striping or Stripe Mirroring, use the up or down arrow keys to select the stripe size for your RAID 0 array then press <Enter>.The available values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default selection is 128 KB. The strip value should be chosen based on the planned drive usage. ⢠8 /16 KB - low disk usage ⢠64 KB - typical disk usage ⢠128 KB - performance disk usage 3.` Press <T AB> to select the Free Disks area. Use the left or right arrow keys to assign the array disks. 4. Press <F7> to create RAID set. The following message box appears. Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] NO 5. Press <Y> to clear the selected disks or <N> to proceed without clearing the disks. The following screen appears. 8K â 16K 32K 64K 128K Optim âÂÂ
5-30 Chapter 5: Software support Rebuilding a RAID array T o rebuild a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [Ctrl-X]Exit [ âÂÂâÂÂ]Select [B]Set Boot [N]New Array [ENTER]Detail NVIDIA RAID Utility Oct 5 2004 - Array List - Boot Id Status Vendor Array Model Name No 4 Healthy NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 6. Press <Ctrl X> to save settings and exit. [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-31 A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <R> to rebuild a RAID array . The following screen appears. 3. Use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array to rebuild, then press <F7>. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. [ âÂÂâÂÂ] Select [F6] Back [F7] Finish Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Select Disk Inside Array - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB Rebuild array? [ENTER] OK [ESC] Cancel 4. Press <Enter> to start rebuilding array or press <Esc> to cancel. 5. After the rebuild process, the Array list menu appears. Y ou will need to enter Window î XP and run the NVIDIA utility in order to complete the rebuilt process.
5-32 Chapter 5: Software support Deleting a RAID array T o delete a RAID array: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <D> to delete a RAID array . The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. Delete this array? [Y] YES [N] No 4. If you selected Y es, the DeîÂÂne a New Array menu appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! 3. Press <Y> to delete array or press <N> to cancel.
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 5-33 Clearing a disk data T o clear disk data: 1. From the Array List menu, use the up or down arrow keys to select a RAID array then press <Enter>. The RAID Array details appear . [R] Rebuild [D] Delete [C] Clear Disk [ENTER] Return Array 1 : NVIDIA MIRROR XXX.XXG - Array Detail - RAID Mode: Mirroring Striping Width: 1 Striping Block: 64K Adapt Channel M/S Index Disk Model Name Capacity 2 1 Master 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB 1 0 Master 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXX.XXGB A new set of navigation keys is displayed on the bottom of the screen. 2. Press <C> to clear disk. The following conîÂÂrmation message appears. T ake caution in using this option. All data on the RAID drives will be lost! Clear disk data? [Y] YES [N] 5. Press <Y> to clear the disk data or press <N> to cancel.
5-34 Chapter 5: Software support 5.5 Creating a RAID driver disk A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000/XP operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. T o create a RAID driver disk: 1. Place the motherboard support DVD into the DVD-ROM drive. 2. Select Make Disk tab. 3. From the Make Disk menu, select the RAID driver disk you want to create or browse the contents of the support DVD to locate the driver disk utility . Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.4 Make Disk menuâ for details. 4. Insert îÂÂoppy disk to îÂÂoppy disk drive. 5. Follow succeeding screen information to complete process. 6. Write-protect the îÂÂoppy disk to avoid computer virus infection. T o install the RAID driver: 1. During the OS installation, the system prompts you to press the F6 key to install third-party SCSI or RAID driver . 2. Press <F6> then insert the îÂÂoppy disk with RAID driver into the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. Follow the succeeding screen instructions to complete the installation. Due to chipset limitation, the Serial A T A ports supported by the NVIDIA chipset doesnâÂÂt support Serial Optical Disk Drives (Serial ODD) under DOS.
6 This chapter tells how to install SLI-ready PCI Express graphics cards. NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus Chapter summary 6.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 6-1 6.2 Dual graphics cards setup .......................................................... 6-2
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 6-1 6.1 Overview The motherboard supports the NVIDIA î SLI⢠(Scalable Link Interface) technology that allows you to install two identical PCI Express⢠x16 graphics cards. Follow the installation procedures in this section. Requirements ⢠Y ou should have two identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î certiîÂÂed. ⢠Make sure that your graphics card driver s upports the NVIDIA SLI technology . Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia.com). ⢠Make sure that your power supply unit (PSU) can provide at least the minimum power required by your system. See âÂÂ8. A TX power connectorsâ on page 2-31 for details. ⢠The NVIDIA SLI technology supports Windows î XP⢠32-bit/64bit operating system only . ⢠Visit the NVIDIA zone website (http://www .nzone.com) for the latest certiîÂÂed graphics card and supported 3D application list.
6-2 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 6.2 Dual graphics card setup 6.2.1 Installing SLI-ready graphics cards Install only identical SLI-ready graphics cards that are NVIDIA î -certiîÂÂed. Different types of graphics cards will not work together properly . T o install the graphics cards: 1. Prepare two graphics cards. Each graphics card should have goldîÂÂngers for the SLI connector . 2. Remove the metal bracket covers opposite the two PCI Express x16 slots. GoldîÂÂngers
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 6-3 4. Insert the second graphics card into the other slot (PCIEX16_3). Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot. If required, connect an auxiliary power source to the PCI Express graphics cards. 3. Insert one graphics card into one of the blue slots (PCIEX16_1). Make sure that the card is properly seated on the slot.
6-4 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 7. Connect a VGA cable or a DVI-I cable to the graphics card/s. We recommend to install an additional chassis fan for better thermal environment. 5. Align and insert the SLI connector to the goldîÂÂngers on each graphics card. Make sure that the connector is îÂÂrmly in place. 6. When installing two VGA cards using a 20-pin A TX PSU with sufîÂÂcient 12v capability , we recommend that you connect the auxillary power source from the power supply to the graphics card. Refer to the PSU documentation for dual VGA power requirements. SLI connector
ASUS P5N32-E SLI Plus 6-5 NVIDIA Settings icon T o enable the multi-GPU feature: 1. Click the NVIDIA Settings icon on your Windows taskbar . 2. From the pop-up menu, select nView Desktop Manager then click nView Properties. Make sure that your PCI Express graphics card driver supports the NVIDIA SLI technology . Download the latest driver from the NVIDIA website (www .nvidia. com). 6.2.2 Installing the device drivers Refer to the documentation that came with your graphics card package to install the device drivers. 6.2.3 Enabling the multi-GPU feature in Windows î After installing your graphics cards and the device drivers, enable the Multi-Graphics Processing Unit (GPU) feature in the NVIDIA nView properties. 3. From the nView Desktop Manager window , select the Desktop Management tab. 4. Click Properties to display the Display Properties dialog box.
6-6 Chapter 6: NVIDIA î SLI⢠technology support 5. From the Display Properties dialog box, select the Settings tab then click Advanced. 6. Select the NVIDIA GeForce tab. 7. Click the slider to display the following screen, then select the SLI multi-GPU item. 8. Click the Enable SLI multi-GPU check box. 9. Click OK when done. Slider